12Z

12 CHANNEL RADIO CONTROL SYSTEM

PCMG3/PCM1024/FM selectable

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1M23N16902
2 < TABLE OF CONTENTS >

INTRODUCTION............................................... 4

Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4

Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ........... 5

Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV...................................... 6

Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW

UHDGLQJ ............................................................. 6

BEFORE USE ..................................................... 9

Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI= ................................................. 9

Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 10

Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 11

Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV....................................... 12

&DXWLRQVRQKDQGOLQJDQWHQQD ...................... 12

/('PRQLWRU................................................... 13

6ZLWFK6$6+............................................... 13

9ROXPH/'&'5'.................................... 14

6OLGH/HYHU/656....................................... 14

'LJLWDOWULP77 ....................................... 14

(GLWNH\ ........................................................... 15

6WLFN$GMXVWPHQW............................................ 15

&)FDUG............................................................ 17

&RQQHFWRU3OXJ............................................... 18

$WWDFKPHQWDQGGHWDFKPHQWRIWKHEDWWHU\. 18

5)PRGXOH0=)0........................................ 19

Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH................................... 20

Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJUHFHLYHUDQG

VHUYRV............................................................... 21

BASIC OPERATION ....................................... 22

Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ............................................ 22

+RZWRFKDUJHWKH/LWKLXP,RQ%DWWHU\....... 22

+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L&G%DWWHU\ ................. 22

Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ2Q2))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ........... 23

:KHQWXUQLQJRQ ............................................ 23

:KHQWXUQLQJRII............................................ 23

Ɣ+RZWRFKDQJHWKHIUHTXHQF\+RZWRVHWWKH

UHFHLYHU
V,'.................................................... 23

Ɣ,QFDVHRIXVLQJ3&0330UHFHLYHUV... 24

Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHU
VQDPH ..................... 24

Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ.................................................... 25

FUNCTIONS OF SYSTEM MENU................ 27

7UDLQHU............................................................. 28

'LVSOD\............................................................. 30

6RXQG............................................................... 31

6\VWHP7LPHU.................................................. 32

8VHU1DPH....................................................... 33

+:5HYHUVH ................................................... 35

,QIRUPDWLRQ.................................................... 36

MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE ... 37

Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH........ 37

Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH................ 39

Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ..................... 43

Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH.................... 44

FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU ............. 48

&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV

/LQNDJH0HQXIXQFWLRQVWDEOH ...................... 48

6HUYR0RQLWRU................................................. 49

0RGHO6HOHFW.................................................... 50

0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 52

)UHTXHQF\........................................................ 54

)XQFWLRQ .......................................................... 55

6XE7ULP ......................................................... 57

6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 58

)DLO6DIH........................................................... 59

(QG3RLQW$79............................................. 60

7KURWWOH&XW$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\....... 61

,GOH'RZQ$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\........... 62

6ZDVK+HOLFRSWHURQO\................................. 63

7LPHU ............................................................... 65

'LDO0RQLWRU ................................................... 66

Data Reset ....................................................... 67

&RQGLWLRQ+ROGVZLWFKLQJ+HOLFRSWHURQO\ 68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
< TABLE OF CONTENTS > 3

FUNCTIONS OF MODEL MENU

Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ........................................ 69

6HUYR0RQLWRU/LQNDJH0HQX

&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFW.............................................. 70

$)5'5....................................................... 72

3URJUDP0L[................................................... 74

)XHO0L[WXUH ................................................... 77

Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU(3*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV........... 78

0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW............................. 78

$,/'LIIHUHQWLDO .............................................. 80

)ODS6HWWLQJ..................................................... 81

$,/WR&DPEHU)/3....................................... 82

$,/WR%UDNH)/3........................................... 83

$,/WR58'..................................................... 84

$LUEUDNHWR(/(............................................. 85

58'WR$,/..................................................... 87

&DPEHU0L[.................................................... 88

(/(WR&DPEHU .............................................. 90

&DPEHU)/3WR(/(...................................... 91

%XWWHUÀ\ .......................................................... 92

7ULP0L[ ................................................... 94

$LUEUDNH.......................................................... 96

*\URIRU*<$W\SHJ\UR.............................. 98

9WDLO ................................................................ 99

$LOHYDWRU........................................................ 100

:LQJOHW .......................................................... 101

0RWRU............................................................. 102

58'WR(/(.................................................. 103

6QDS5ROO....................................................... 104

0XOWL(QJLQH ................................................. 105

Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV.................................... 106

0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW........................... 106

3,7&XUYH3LWWULP....................................... 107

7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP................. 110

$FFHOHUDWLRQ .................................................. 112

7KURWWOH+ROG ................................................ 113

6ZDVK0L[..................................................... 114

7KURWWOH0L[.................................................. 115

3,7WR1HHGOH ................................................ 116

3,7WR58'5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 117

)XHO0L[WXUH&RPPRQIXQFWLRQV

*\URIRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 118

*RYHUQRU ....................................................... 119

Ɣ&RPPRQ2SHUDWLRQVXVHGLQIXQFWLRQVHWXS

VFUHHQ............................................................. 120

Ɣ7=VRIWZDUHXSGDWLQJSURFHGXUH ............ 127
INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the Futaba® 12Z series digital proportional R/C system. In order for you to make the best use

of your system and to fly safely, please read this manual carefully. If you have any difficulties while using your system,

please consult the manual, our online Frequently Asked Questions (on the web pages referenced below), your hobby dealer, or the Futaba Service Center.

Due to unforeseen changes in production procedures, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without

notice.

Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during your hobby’s “off season”

to ensure safe operation.

IN NORTH AMERICA

Please feel free to contact the Futaba Service Center for assistance in operation, use and programming. Please be sure to

regularly visit the 12Z Frequently Asked Questions web site at http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq/faq/index.html. This page

includes extensive programming, use, set up and safety information on the 12Z radio system and is updated regularly. Any

technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this web page. If you do not find the answers to your questions there, please see the end of our F.A.Q. area for information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and convenient response.

Don’t have Internet access? Internet access is available at no charge at most public libraries, schools, and other public

resources. We find internet support to be a fabulous reference for many modelers as items can be printed and saved for

future reference, and can be accessed at any hour of the day, night, weekend or holiday. If you do not wish to access the

internet for information, however, don’t worry. Our support teams are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to

assist you.

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

Please contact your Futaba importer in your region of the world to assist you with any questions, problems or service needs.

Please recognize that all information in this manual, and all support availability, is based upon the systems sold in North

America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support center for assistance. 

FOR SERVICE ONLY

Futaba Service Center

3002 N. Apollo Drive, Suite 1

Champaign, IL 61822

Phone: 217-398-0007

service@futaba-rc.com

FOR SUPPORT

(PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)

Please start here for answers to most questions:

www.futaba-rc.com

FACSIMILE: 217-398-7721

PHONE: 217-398-8970 option 2
Application, Export, and Modification

1. This product is suitable for model airplane, surface or 50 MHz (license required) use, if on the correct frequency. It is

not intended for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The product is subject to regulations of the FCC and is restricted under United States law to such purposes.

2. Exportation precautions: 

(a) When this product is exported from the country of manufacture, its use is to be approved by the laws governing the

country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If this product is then re-exported to other countries, it may be subject to restrictions on such export. Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be

required. If you have purchased this product from an exporter outside your own country and not the authorized Futaba distributor in your country, please contact the seller immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.

(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations, and an application for export approval must be submitted. In the US, use of 72MHz (aircraft only), 75MHz (ground models only) and

27MHz (both) frequency bands are strictly regulated by the FCC. This equipment must not be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models. Similarly, other frequencies (except 50MHz, for HAM operators) must not be

used to operate models. 

3. Modification, adjustment, and replacement of parts: Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjustment, and replacement of parts on this product. Any such changes may void the warranty.

The Following Statement Applies to the Receiver (for U.S.A.)

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference.

(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesirable operation.

The RBRCTM SEAL on the nickel-cadmium battery contained in Futaba products indicates that Futaba

Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect and recycle these

batteries at the end of their useful lives, when taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC program provides a convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or municipal

waste system, which is illegal in most areas.

You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please call 1-800-8-BATTERY for information on battery recycling in your area. Futaba Corporation of America’s involvement in this program is

part of it’s’ commitment to protecting our environment and conserving natural resources.

NOTE: Our instruction manuals encourage our customers to return spent batteries to a local recycling center in order to

keep a healthy environment. RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following symbols.

DANGER – Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious injury if not carried out

properly.

WARNING – Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or serious injury to the user if 

not carried out properly, or procedures where the probability of superficial injury or physical damage is high.

CAUTION – Procedures where the possibility of serious injury to the user is small, but there is a danger of injury, 

or physical damage, if not carried out properly.

= Prohibited = Mandatory

Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

FLYING SAFETY

To ensure the safety of yourself and others, please observe the following precautions:

Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 12Z protects the model memories with non-volatile 

EEPROM memory (which does not require periodic replacement) and not a battery, it still should have regular 

checkups. We recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your non-flying

season for a complete checkup and service.

Use the Fail-Safe safety feature to set the throttle to low-idle in case of signal loss or RX battery failure.

Engine power will be automatically reduced to help limit personal or property damage. Refer to the Failsafe

Setting Procedure listed in the index.

Receiver Ni-Cd Battery

Charge the batteries! (See Charging the batteries listed in the index for details.) Always recharge the receiver

batteries for at least 8 hours before each flying session. A low battery will soon die, causing loss of control and a 

crash. When you begin your flying session, reset your timer, and during the session pay attention to the duration

of usage.

CAUTION: The initial charge on new NiCd receiver batteries should be done for 15 hours using the slow-charger

that came with the radio system. This will “condition” the batteries so that the next charge may be done using the

fast-charger of your choice. If the initial charge is done with a fast-charger the batteries may not reach their full capacity and you may be flying with batteries that are only partially charged.

Where to Fly

We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs and fields by asking your

nearest hobby dealer, or in the US by contacting the Academy of Model Aeronautics. You can also contact the national

Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA), which has more than 2,500 chartered clubs across the country. Through any one

of them, instructor training programs and insured newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or 

toll-free phone number below.

Academy of Model Aeronautics

5151 East Memorial Drive

Muncie, IN 47302-9252

Tel. (800) 435-9262

Fax (765) 741-0057

or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of lithium-ion (Li-Ion) batteries. Always read the specifications

printed on the label of your Li-Ion battery and charger prior to use. Failure to follow the proceeding precautions can

quickly result in severe, permanent damage to the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS

Do not attempt to disassemble Li-Ion packs or cells.

Do not allow Li-Ion cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.

Always provide adequate ventilation around Li-Ion batteries during charge, discharge, while in use, and during

storage.

Do not leave a Li-Ion battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.

Do not attempt to charge Li-Ion batteries with a charger that is NOT designed for Li-Ion batteries, as permanent

damage to the battery and charger could result.

Always charge Li-Ion batteries in a fireproof location. Do not charge or discharge Li-Ion batteries on carpet, a

cluttered workbench, near paper, plastic, vinyl, leather or wood, or inside an R/C model or full sized automobile! 

Monitor the charge area with a smoke or fire alarm, and have a lithium-approved “ABC type” fire extinguisher

available at all times.

Do not charge Li-Ion batteries at currents greater than the “1C” rating of the battery (“C” equals the rated capacity of the

battery).

Do not allow Li-Ion cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees Fahrenheit (60oC)

should be placed in a fireproof location.

 Li-Ion cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.

 It is normal for the batteries to become warm during charging, but if the charger or battery becomes excessively hot

 disconnect the battery from the chargerimmediately!! Always inspect a battery which has previously overheated for

 potential damage, and do not re-use if you suspect it has been damaged in any way.

 Do not use a Li-Ion battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully inspect the battery

 for even the smallest of dents, cracks, splits, punctures or damage to the wiring and connectors. DO NOT allow the

 battery’s internal electrolyte to get into eyes or on skin—wash affected areas immediately if they come in contact with

 the electrolyte. If in doubt, place the battery in a fire-proof location for at least 30 minutes.

Do not store batteries near an open flame or heater.

Do not discharge Li-Ion batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of the battery.

Always store Li-Ion cells/packs in a secure location away from children.

Compact Flash (CF) Card Handling Instructions

Follow these precautions when handling the CF card 
1RVKQPCN.

IMPORTANT! The LithiumIon (LiIon) batteries included in the 1Z transmitter are not to be confused with

Lithium-Polymer (LiPo) batteries, or any other type of rechargeable battery (including NiCd’s and NiMH’s). Li-Ion

batteries require special charging criteria different than other rechargeable batteries. Use only the Futaba lithium ion

transmitter charger included with this set for, or other chargers approved by Futaba to charge the Li-Ion batteries in

the 1Z transmitter.

Never remove the CF card or turn off power while

entering data.

Never store the CF card where it may be subject to

strong static electricity or magnetic fields.

Do not expose the CF card to direct sunlight, excessive

humidity or corrosive environments.

Do not expose the CF card to dirt, moisture, water or

fluids of any kind.

Always hold the CF card by the edges during installation and removal.

Be certain to insert the CF card in the correct direction.

Always use Futaba CF card.
Always pay particular attention to the flying fields’ rules, as well as the presence and location of spectators, the wind

direction, and any obstacles on the field. Be very careful flying in areas near power lines, tall buildings, or communication

facilities as there may be radio interference in their vicinity. If you must fly away from a club field, be sure there are no other

modelers flying within a three-to-five-mile range, or you may lose control of your aircraft or cause someone else to lose control.

Before flying, be sure that the frequency you intend to fly with is not in use, and secure any frequency control

device (pin, tag, etc.) for that frequency before turning on your transmitter. It is never possible to fly two or more models on the same frequency at the same time. Even though there are different types of modulation (AM, FM, PCM), only

one model may be flown on a single frequency at any one time. 

Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your radio’s low-battery warning systems, which are intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to recharge. Always check your transmitter and

receiver batteries prior to each flight.

To prevent possible damage to your radio gear, turn the power switches on and off in the proper sequence:

1. Set the throttle stick to the idle position, or otherwise disarm your motor/engine.

2. Fully extend the transmitter antenna.

3. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen. 

4. Confirm the proper model memory has been selected.

5. Turn on your receiver power.

6. Test all controls. If a servo operates abnormally, don’t attempt to fly until you determine the cause of the problem. (For

PCM systems only: Test to ensure that the Failsafe settings are correct by waiting at least 2 minutes after adjusting then,

turning the transmitter off and confirming the proper surface/throttle movements. Turn the transmitter back on.)

7. Start your engine. 

9. After flying, bring your throttle stick to idle position, engage any kill switches or otherwise disarm your 

motor/engine.

10. Turn off receiver power.

11. Turn off transmitter power. 

If you do not turn on your system in this order, you may damage your servos or control surfaces, flood your engine, or in

the case of electric-powered or gasoline-powered models, the engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury.

While you are getting ready to fly, if you place your transmitter on the ground, be sure that the wind won’t tip

it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally moved, causing the engine to speed up. Also, damage to your transmitter may occur.

Before taxiing, be sure to extend the transmitter antenna to its’ full length. A collapsed antenna will reduce your

flying range and cause a loss of control. It is a good idea to avoid pointing the transmitter antenna directly at the model,

since the signal is weakest in that direction.

Don’t fly in the rain! Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick openings and cause

erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a contest, be sure to cover your transmitter

with a waterproof barrier. Never fly if lightning is expected.

Never turn the transmitter off during flight! Switching the transmitter off and on during flight will very likely cause

a crash because of the time required for the transmitter to "reboot" and become fully functional.

8. Complete a full range check.
<Before Use> 9

BEFORE USE 

FEATURES 

PCMG3 (PCM Generation 3)

PCMG3 has a 40% faster response than current PCM1024. The resolution is 2048, which is double 

the current PCM1024. It can operate up to 12 Channels. The multi-level modulation technology has been 

implemented for the R/C industry to achieve the highest performance available today.

WFSS (Wireless Frequency Setting System)

The construction of both transmitter (T12Z) and receiver (R5014) are a frequency synthesizer system.

Model types

Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for airplanes. Seven swash types 

are available for helicopters. Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for 

gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in advance at the factory.

Mixing functions

The T12Z transmitter continues the functions of the higher class model T14MZ and meets the need for 

prcise setting at meets, etc. by use of abundant curve mixing functions

Data input

Large graphic LCD and new type edit keys substantially improve ease of setup. Omni directional cursor 

lever, rotating data input dial which allows quick data input, and two kinds of return key are provided

Stick

(DFKD[LVLVVXSSRUWHGE\GXDOEDOOEHDULQJV7KLVDOORZVIRU¿QHUDQGPRUHSUHFLVHRSHUDWLRQWKHQHZ

potentiometers also offer longer life.

Li-ion battery

T12Z is operated by 7.4V/2,200 mAh Lithium-Ion battery.

R5014DPS

The R5014DPS is a small 14CH synthesized receiver with high sensitivity and selectability.

CF (Compact Flash) card (Optional)

Model data can be saved in an optional Futaba CF card (CFDP32M, etc.) When T12Z transmitter 

VRIWZDUHXSGDWLQJ¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJD&)FDUG
10 <Before Use>

&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

Your 12ZA/12ZH/12Z (packaged with a 14-channel PCM-G3 receiver) includes the following components:

• T12Z Transmitter, including RF module (MZ-DDS)

• R5014 Receiver

• LT2F2200 Li-ion battery & LBC-1D5 Charger

• NR4F1500 Ni-Cd battery & Charger (except for 

Australia)

• Switch harness/DSC cord

• Hex Wrench (1.5mm, 2.5mm)

• Neck strap

The set contents depend on the type of set.

Transmitter T12ZA/T12ZH/T12Z

Operating system: 2-stick, 12 channels, PCM-G3, 

synthesizer system

Transmitting frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz 

bands

Modulation: PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM 

switchable.

Power supply: 7.4V LT2F2200 Li-ion battery

Current drain: 500mA average

Receiver R5014DPS

(PCM-G3, Synthesizer, Dual conversion)

Receiving frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz 

bands

Intermediate freq.: 10.7 MHz & 450 kHz

Power requirement: 4.8 V Ni-Cd battery

Current drain: 75 mA

Size: 52x37.5x16.5 mm

Weight: 33 g.

Channels: 14

Suggested Servos for use with your 12Z

Servo S9154 (Digital servo)

Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral

Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)

Output torque: 63.9 oz.-in. (4.6 kg-cm) at 4.8V

Operating speed: 0.14 sec/60 at 4.8V

Size: 1.87 x 1.06 x 0.97 in. (47.5 x 27.0 x 25.3 mm)

Weight: 1.87 oz. (53 g)

Servo S9255 (Digital servo)

Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral

Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)

Output torque: 125.0 oz.-in. (9.0 kg-cm) at 4.8V

Operating speed: 0.16 sec/60 at 4.8V

Size: 1.57 x 0.79 x 1.44 in. (40.0 x 20.0 x 36.6 mm)

Weight: 1.94 oz. (55 g)
<Before Use> 11

&RPSDFW)ODVK0HPRU\FDUG &)'30'DWD3DFNLQFUHDVHV\RXUPRGHO¿OHVWRUDJHFDSDELOLW\DQG

allows you to transfer model settings to another T12Z transmitter.

• LT2F2200 Transmitter battery pack - the (2200mAh) transmitter Li-ion battery pack may be easily 

H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV

• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by 

placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T12Z transmitter may be connected to 

another T12Z system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The T12Z transmitter uses 

the newer “Micro” rectangular type cord plug. Both Micro- to-Micro and Micro-to-round plug style 

trainer cords are available.

• Neckstrap - a neckstrap may be connected to your T12Z system to make it easier to handle and improve 

\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW

• Y-harnesses, servo extensions, etc - Genuine Futaba extensions and Y-harnesses, including a heavy-duty 

version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and other installations.

• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros are available for your aircraft or helicopter needs. 

*RYHUQRU*9IRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW

head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc. 

• DSC Cord - allows setup and testing without transmitting. With your Transmitter and Receiver off, plug 

cord into trainer port then, into the receiver Battery/DSC (B/C) slot. All programming and setup may be 

done in this manner without transmitting.

• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for 

PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM types are available.)

• Optional Charger - Futaba CR-2500 Li-Ion Transmitter/Receiver Battery Charger.

The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog for 

more information:
12 <Before Use>

Transmitter controls

Cautions on handling antenna

WARNING

Be sure to attach the antenna before operation.

*Antenna is stored in the antenna storage box in the transmitter.

Extend the antenna to the full extent, and make 

sure that the antenna is securely locked before 

operation.

Never hold the antenna alone.

*Hold the carrying bar, otherwise the main body can be 

damaged.

(J1)

(J2)

(J4)

(J3)

Ɣ$QWHQQD

Ɣ0RQLWRU/(' Ɣ9ROXPH

Ɣ5HWXUQ.H\

Ɣ'DWD,QSXW'LDO

(QWHU%XWWRQ

Ɣ/&''LVSOD\

Ɣ&DUULQJ%DU

Ɣ6SHDNHU

Ɣ6ZLWFK%ORFN

6&6'6*6+

Ɣ6ZLWFK%ORFN

6$6%6(6)

Ɣ6OLGH

/HYHU

/6

Ɣ'LJLWDO

7ULP

Ɣ+RRN

Ɣ3RZHU

6ZLWFK

77

Ɣ'LJLWDO

7ULP

Ɣ&XUVRU/HYHU

77

/'&'5'

Ɣ6OLGH/HYHU

56

Ɣ6WLFN Ɣ6WLFN
<Before Use> 13

•Removing and storing the antenna

When removing the antenna from the antenna 

compartment, hold the transmitter level so that 

WKHDQWHQQDZLOOQRWÀ\RXWDQGIDOOWKHQSXVKWKH

DQWHQQDHMHFWEXWWRQ

When storing the antenna, push the antenna in 

until it is locked positively

Ɣ$QWHQQD Ɣ(MHFW%XWWRQ

•Mounting and dismounting the antenna

Mount the antenna by turning it clockwise until 

it locks in place.

Clockwise

• When dismounting the antenna, turn the

antenna counterclockwise

•Angle adjustment of the antenna

You can change the angle of the antenna, as 

you like. Use 2.5mm hexagonal wrench to turn 

counterclockwise to release the screw on the left 

of the antenna holder, and change the angle of the 

antenna, as you like, then retighten.

Ɣ6FUHZ

LED monitor

The color of the 12Z logo mark shows the status 

of the transmitter.

Ɣ/('0RQLWRU

(LED Display)

• When you turn on the transmitter, 12Z logo

shows different colors, and then the color

stays constantly pink. The 12Z logo blinks

green very rapidly while internal processing

is carried out after the power is turned on.

Once the internal processing is over, the logo

turns to pink color.

• The 12Z logo turns blue when you use the DSC

cable, or when the trainer function is set at

student's side.

• The 12Z logo blinks red slowly when you

attach the RF module that is different from

the setting.

• Under the normal usage (, that is, radio wave

is being emitted), the 12Z logo turns green.

Switch (SA-SH) 

(Switch Type)

• SA : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever

• SB : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever

• SC : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever

• SD : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever

• SE : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever

• SF : 2 positions; Alternate; Long lever

• SG : 2 positions; Alternate; Short lever

• SH : 2 positions; Momentary; Long lever

*You can choose switch and set the ON/OFF-direction in the 

setting screen of the mixing functions.
14 <Before Use>

Volume

LD RD

CD

Volume LD, CD, and RD:

The volume LD and RD are analog type. You can 

recall the dial position data at the last operation in 

the Dial Monitor screen (Linkage Menu function.)

The volume CD is digital type (rotary encoder). 

This volume works as both a volume and a pushswitch.

*T12Z beeps when the volume knob reaches center.

*You can check the volume position of the LD/RD functions 

in the Dial Monitor screen in the Linkage menu.

*You can use each setting screen of the mixing functions to 

VHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRILWVPRYHPHQW

Slide Lever 

RS LS

LS (Left), RS (right):

The side lever LS and RS are analog type. 

You can recall the lever position data at the last 

operation in the Dial Monitor screen (Linkage 

Menu function.)

*T12Z beeps when the lever comes to the center.

*You can check the lever position on the dial-monitor screen 

in the linkage menu.

*You can select a slide lever and set the movement direction 

on the setting screen of mixing functions.

Digital trim

This transmitter is equipped with digital trims. 

Each time you press a trim button, the trim position 

moves one step. If you continue pressing it, the trim 

position starts to move faster. In addition, when 

the trim position returns to the center, the tone will 

change. You can always monitor trim positions by 

graphics on the screen. 

To change the trim rate, you must activate this 

through the function menu, within the linkage 

menu. Use the cursor lever to select the trim box 

and then push the enter button and you will access 

another screen which enables you to change the 

trim percentages.

T3 T2

T4 T1

Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the 

non-volatile memory and will remain there. 
<Before Use> 15

LCD screen:

7KH/&' VFUHHQ FRQWUDVW FDQ EH DGMXVWHG E\

system menu screen setting [DISPLAY].

Return key:

Push the return key (HOME) when you want 

to return directly to the home screen and push the 

return key (RETURN) when you want to return to 

the preceding screen.

Cursor lever:

The cursor lever controls movement of the cursor 

on menu screens and movement of the cursor 

among setting items on setup screens. Up, down, 

left, and right movements are possible.

Push the cursor lever when you want to go 

directly to the next page (if there is next page.)

Data input dial/enter button

This dial/button is used during data input. Value 

input, mode selection, and similar operations can be 

performed by turning the dial to the left and right.

This dial/button can also be used as the enter 

button when a confirmation message is displayed 

on the screen, etc.

Edit Key

Data input operation is performed using the cursor lever, data input dial/enter button, and return key.

HOME

CURSOR

DATA

RETURN

DIGITAL PROPORTIONAL RADIO CONTROL SYSTEM

PUSH

Ɣ5HWXUQNH\+20( Ɣ&XUVRU&85625

Ɣ'DWDLQSXWGLDO(QWHUEXWWRQ

'$7$

Ɣ/&'VFUHHQ

Ɣ5HWXUQNH\5(7851

Stick Adjustment

Use the attached 1.5mm hexagonal wrench 

WRWXUQWKH VFUHZ FORFNZLVHWR DGMXVWWKH VWLFN

outwards, or counter-clockwise to tilt it inward.

Note: The screw will fall out if you turn the screw counterclockwise too far.

Adjustment of the stick lever angle

<RXFDQPDNH¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVWRWKHDQJOHRID

stick lever outwards from the initial position.

Ɣ6FUHZ
16 <Before Use>

Adjustment of the stick lever length

<RXFDQDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIVWLFNOHYHUVDV\RX

OLNH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIWKH

sticks in line with your hand size. 

Lever Head

A

Lever Head

B

1. Hold the lever head "B" and turn the lever

head "A" counter-clockwise, the lock will be

released.

2. Turn the lever-head "A" clockwise as you hold

the lever-head "B" after placing it as you like.

Adjustment of stick lever tension

The tension of the self-return type stick lever can 

EHDGMXVWHG

1. Remove the rubber grip on the back of the

transmitter.

Ɣ6WLFN

7HQVLRQ

(J1)

0RGH

Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-)

0RGH

Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-4)

0RGH

Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-3)

0RGH

2. Use the accessory 1.5mm hexagonal wrench

to adjust the spring strength as you prefer by

turning the adjusting screw of the stick you

want to adjust.

*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.

3) At the end of adjustment, re-install the

rubber grip.

Adjustment of Throttle Stick (Ratchet System)

You can also choose either airplane ratchet 

system or helicopter-touch.

Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ)RUFH-

0RGH

Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ

)RUFH-

0RGH

1. Open the dust protection cap on the back

of the transmitter that is covering the hole for

throttle stick adjustment.

2. Use the attached 1.5mm hexagonal wrench 

to turn the adjustment screw and set it as you

prefer. Turning the screw clockwise increases

the tension.

Hole for throttle

stick adjustment

For airplane (Mode1)

For helicopter (Mode2)

For helicopter (Mode1)

For airplane (Mode2)

*This transmitter has two ratchet plates, one for airplane 

and the other one for helicopter. If you tighten both screws, 

\RXZRQ
WEHDEOHWRDFKLHYHWKHDGMXVWPHQWWKDW\RXQHHG

EHFDXVHRIWKHRYHUODSRIWKRVHWZRDGMXVWPHQWV

*If you want to change the setting from airplane to helicopter 

(or from helicopter to airplane), turn counterclockwise until 

the throttle stick moves freely. Then turn the screw for the 

helicopter (or airplane) until you get the tension you like.
<Before Use> 17

CF Card CFDP32M (Optional)

The T12Z transmitter model data can be stored 

by using an optional CF (Compact Flash) card. 

When T12Z transmitter software update software 

is released, the software is updated using a CF 

card. CF card memory size is 32MB.

Warning

Be sure to turn off the power to the transmitter 

before inserting or removing the CF card.

As the CF card is a precision device, do not use 

excessive force when inserting.

Be sure to use only Futaba's original CF card, 

CFDP32M, for the T12Z transmitter.

* Futaba does not recommend any CF cards other than 

Futaba's original CF cards.

Inserting/removing the CF card

1. Turn off the transmitter power and then open

the cover (rubber) at the left side of the

transmitter.

Ɣ(MHFWEXWWRQ

Ɣ6LGH&RYHU Ɣ&)FDUG

2.

[Inserting the card]

*Turn the CF card so that the front of the card faces the back 

of the transmitter and slide the card into the card slot.

*Push in the card until it touches bottom. At the same time, 

WKHHMHFWEXWWRQSRSVRXW

[Removing the card]


:KHQWKHHMHFWEXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKH&)FDUGLVSXVKHGRXW

and can be removed.

3. Close the cover (rubber).

Read data from a PC

Saving model data and update files (released 

from Futaba) into the CF card, you can use those 

files on your T12Z transmitter. Equipment for 

reading and writing CF cards are available at most 

electronics stores. 

 [Important]: Before saving data from the PC,

insert the CF card into the transmitter and

WXUQRQWKHSRZHU7RVDYHDPRGHOGDWDÀOH

from the PC, copy the file to the "MODEL"

folder, which is automatically written.

*Use only CF card reader/writer that complies with CFA 

(CompactFlashTM Association) standard.

Stored data

The life of the CF card is limited due to the use 

of Flash memory. When you have a problem of 

saving or reading data such as picture data after a 

long period of use, please get a new CF card.

*We do not have the responsibility of compensating any 

failure or damage to the data stored in the memory card no 

matter what the reason is. Be sure to keep the backup of 

your important data in your CF card.

*No necessity for backup; T12Z transmitters and CF cards 

are using nonvolatile memory devices so that the data 

stored in those will not be lost, even when the main battery 

is removed. 
18 <Before Use>

Connector/Plug

Ɣ'6&7UDLQHU

Connector for trainer function (TRAINER)

When you use trainer function, connect the 

optional trainer cable between the transmitters for 

teacher and student.

*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function 

screen in the system menu.

Connector for DSC function (DSC)

You can operate the transmitter without 

transmitting radio waves by connecting the 

transmitter and the receiver to the DSC cable. 

*Please refer to the section "Connection between Receiver/

Servo"

Connector for battery charger (CHG)

Ɣ%DWWHU\FKDUJH

This is the connector for charging the Lithium 

Ion battery LT2F2200 that is installed in the 

transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except 

CR-2500 that is for 12V application to charge the 

LT2F2200 battery through this connector. 

Danger

Do not connect any other chargers except 

CR-2500 to this charging connector.

*If you take out the Lithium Ion battery LT2F2200 from the 

transmitter, you can use the attached charger LBC-1D5 for 

charging the battery. 

Installing and Removing of the battery 

LT2F2200 for the transmitter

Attachment of the battery

1. Hook your finger in the slit formed by the

transmitter’s main body and the battery

cover on the bottom of the transmitter, and

then pull up the cover to release the lock.

You can now open the cover.

2. Move the slide lever to the right and then

install the battery in the holder.

Ɣ0RYHWKHVOLGHOHYHUWRWKHIDUULJKW

3XVKWKHEDWWHU\WRWKHOHIWZLWK\RXUÀQJHU

4. Close and lock the battery cover completely.
<Before Use> 19

Removing of the battery

Note: If you remove the battery while the 

power is on, the data you have set will not 

be saved.

1. Hook one of your fingers in the slit formed

by the transmitter’s main body and the

battery cover on the back and bottom of

the transmitter, and then pull up the cover to

release the lock. You can now open the cover.

2. Slide the slide lever to the right while pressing

it, the battery will be released.

Warning

Be careful to not drop the battery.

Never take out the battery from the T12Z 

transmitter while the LED monitor is blinking 

yellow after turning off the power the 

T12Z transmitter. 

* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.

* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error" will 

be shown the next time when you turn on the power of the 

transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as it is, send it to the 

Futaba Service Center.

RF module MZ-FM

Ɣ0RGXOH

Ɣ&RQQHFWRU

Caution

Be sure to turn off the power of the transmitter 

before you attach or detach the module.

Detachment of the RF module

Pull the module straight while you are pushing 

LQZDUGWKHSURMHFWLRQVRQERWKVLGHVRIWKHPRGXOH

*There is a connector above and under the module 

UHVSHFWLYHO\6R\RXPLJKW¿QGGLI¿FXOW\LQSXOOLQJRXWWKH

module if the module is tilted.

Attachment of the RF module

Insert the module with care so that the connecter 

pins of the transmitter won't be bent.
20 <Before Use>

Receiver R5014DPS

ƔAntenna

ƔConnectors

Ɣ'*

Ɣ0RQLWRU/('

Ɣ&+~

Ɣ'*

Ɣ%&

Connector

"1 through 12": outputs for the channels 1 through 12

"DG1", "DG2": outputs of DG1 and DG2 channels 

"B/C": connector for the power and DSC.

LED Monitor 

This monitor is used when changing the 

frequency of the receiver.

Receiver nomenclature

Before using the receiver, be sure to read the precautions listed in the following pages.
<Before Use> 21

Warning

Connecting connectors

Be sure to insert the connector until it stops at 

the deepest point.

How to protect the receiver from vibration and 

water

Wrap the receiver with something soft such 

as foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there is 

a chance of getting wet, put the receiver in a 

waterproof bag or balloon to avoid water.

Receiver's antenna

Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not bind 

the receiver's antenna with the cables for 

servos.

Locate the receiver's antenna as far as possible 

from metals or carbon fiber components such 

as frames, cables, etc.

*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the radio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a crash.

Servos throw

$GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VRWKDW SXVKURGVZLOO QRW

bind or sag when operating the servos to the 

full extent.

*If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, your 

aircraft may crash because the servo would be damaged 

and the battery would be consumed rapidly. 

Mounting servos

Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as rubber 

grommet) under a servo when mounting the 

servo on a servo mount. And be sure that the 

servo cases do not touch directly to the metal 

parts such as servo mount.

*If a servo case is contacting directly to the airframe, the 

vibration of the airframe directly travels to and may damage the servo.

Rubber

 grommet

Brass eyelet

Wood screw

Servo mount

2.3-2.6mm nut

washer

Rubber

 grommet

Brass eyelet

Servo mount

2.3-2.6mm screw

(Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter)

Internal antenna mounting (Airplanes)

ƔUse rubber band to stretch 

 antenna and then fix it.

ƔUse a rubber bushing to the position where 

antenna is coming out from the airframe so 

that the antenna won't be cut due to the 

friction.

ƔUse rubber band to stretch antenna and then 

fix it.Make a knot inside of the airframe so that 

the antenna will not fall out. 

Antenna

Mounting the power switch 

When mounting a power switch to an airframe, 

make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than 

the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn 

the switch ON/OFF without binding. 

Avoid mounting the switch where it can be 

covered by engine oil and dust. In general, it is 

recommended to mount the power switch on the 

VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU

Safety precautions when you install receiver and servos
22 <Basic Operation>

BASIC OPERATION

How to charge the Lithium Ion battery 

LT2F2200 for the transmitter

Danger

The Lithium-Ion battery LT2F2200 is only for 

your T12Z. Do not use this battery for other 

equipment.

Be sure to use the battery charger LBC-1D5 to 

charge the battery.

To charge the battery while installed in the 

transmitter, use the optional battery charger 

CR-2500 for 12V.

[Method of charging battery]

to AC Outlet

Ɣ/LLRQ%DWWHU\

/7)

Ɣ6SHFLDO&KDUJHU

/%&'

1. Connect the power cable to the charger.

2. Connect the power cable of the charger to 

the wall socket (AC outlet). 

* The power lamp turns on.

3. Mount the battery and then slide the battery 

LQ WKHGLUHFWLRQ VKRZQLQ WKHÀJXUHXQWLO\RX

hear a locking sound.

*The charge-lamp turns on and charging starts.

4. When the charge-lamp turns off, charging 

has been completed.

*Be sure to remove the power cable from the wall socket 

after using a battery charger.

*It takes about two and a half hours for charging the battery 

pack that has been used fully. However, the charging time 

may vary depending on the surrounding air temperature and 

the condition of the battery pack.

*The charge LED blinks (error) if the battery is improperly 

mounted or the battery itself is a defective product. In this 

case, remount the battery or use another battery.

*If you mount a charged battery, the charge lamp will turn on 

for several seconds, but it will turn off later.

How to charge the Ni-Cd battery NR4F1500 for 

the receiver

Use the battery charger FBC-32A that is included 

in the set. 

[Method of charging battery]

AC Outlet

Ɣ1L&G%DWWHU\

15)

Ɣ6SHFLDO&KDUJHU

)%&$

1. Connect the power cable of the charger to 

the wall socket (AC outlet).

2. Connect the connector to the NiCd battery.


&RQ¿UPWKDWWKHFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ

3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.

*Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove the 

battery from the charger and remove the charger from the 

wall socket.

*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling 

several times if the battery has not been used for a long 

period.


,QFDVHRI1L&GEDWWHU\\RXPD\¿QGWKHSRRUSHUIRUPDQFH

of the battery if you have used the battery only for a short 

period or if you repeat charging while the battery is not fully 

discharged. It is recommended to discharge the battery to the 

recommended level after your usage. It is also recommended 

to charge the battery just before your usage. 

Battery Charging

Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section 

"Lithium-Ion Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".
<Basic Operation> 23

How to turn ON/OFF the power of the 

transmitter

For safety reasons, the radio will be emmiting 

only after confirming when turning on the power. 

Please follow the instructions for turning on/off the 

transmitter.

When turning on the power of the transmitter

1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter.

*After initialization of the transmitter is over, the frequency 

confirmation screen pops up, and LED monitor turns on 

pink.

2. Check the frequency shown on the screen. If 

it is OK, then select [YES] and push the enter 

button.

*LED monitor turns to green and the transmitter begins to 

emit radio waves.

*To not transmit, select [NO] and push enter button.

Then, you will see the home screen and you 

will be able to set conditions.

How to stop the transmitter

Turn off the power switch of the transmitter. The 

internal circuit of the transmitter starts the shut 

down process including saving the set-up data. The 

LED will blink yellow while the transmitter is in 

the shutdown process.

Warning 

Once you turn off the power, never operate the 

power switch until the power shutdown process 

is fully completed. If you turn on the power 

switch again while the transmitter is still in the 

process of power shutdown, the transmitter 

power does not start.

How to change the frequency/How to set ID

The T12Z system has employed the frequency 

synthesizer scheme. The T12Z transmitter will set 

the frequency of the R5014DPS (PCMG3 receiver) 

by the wireless data transmission. When you are 

using a new PCMG3 receiver and changing the 

frequency, set ID or frequency using the following 

instructions.

In case of using PCMG3 receivers

*Make sure that PCM-G3 is set as a modulation scheme. 

Then change the frequency by the following instruction.

How to change the frequency

7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ

message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since 

you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and 

then push the enter button.

2. Select the area that displays the frequency 

on the home screen or in the linkage menu 

and push the enter button.

*The frequency setup screen appears.

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

@R4R8

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

3. Select [RECEIVER ID] and push the enter 

button.

*The receiver ID code input screen appears.

4. Input the 8-digit ID code stuck to the receiver 

case. If the inputted ID code is correct, select 

[ENTER] and then push the enter button.


6HOHFWWKH¿JXUHZLWKWKHFXUVRUNH\DQGSXVKWKHHQWHUNH\

for each digit.

*Use [BACK SPACE] to move back digit by digit for 

correction if you made a mistake. When you want to stop 

ID code change, push the return key to return to the original 

screen.

*Once the receiver ID code is set, it does not have to be reset 

as long as the receiver is not changed.

*When you use two receivers with a large aircraft, input the 

ID of each receiver.

5. When switching the frequency, select [BAND 

NO.] and push the enter button.

*The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.

6. Select the frequency you want to use and 

push the enter button.


$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV

*When changing the frequency band, change the module 

before turning on the power.

7. If the frequency is correct, push the enter 

button.

*A screen which shows that frequency data is being sent 
24 <Basic Operation>

is displayed and the frequency data is sent to the receiver 

together with a message sound. (The frequency data can be 

resent by selecting [RETRY] and pushing the enter button.)

8. Turn on the receiver power while the new 

frequency data above is displayed.

*When receiver frequency setting is complete, the receiver 

monitor LED blinks once and the CH1 servo shuttles 3 

times across the neutral position.

*The new receiver frequency data uses very low power whose 

frequency is different from that of frequency channel used. 

When setting the receiver frequency, bring the transmitter 

and receiver as close together as possible.

*If the new data is not read correctly due to the ambient 

conditions, extend the transmitter antenna and bring the 

transmitter close to the receiver antenna and repeat steps 5 

through 7. 

*The frequency can also be changed by connecting the 

transmitter and receiver directly with the DSC cord and 

performing steps 5 through 8.

*When the receiver ID code is incorrect, the monitor LED 

will blink. Return to the receiver ID setup screen and reset 

the receiver ID.

9. When frequency setting is complete, move 

the cursor to the [END] position and push the 

enter button.

10.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is 

displayed. To send on the new frequency, 

select [YES] and push the enter button.

*To not transmit, select [NO] and push the enter button.

In case of using PCM1024, PPM receivers

*Make sure that PCM1024 or PPM is set as a modulation 

scheme. Then change the frequency by the following 

instruction.

How to change the frequency

7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ

message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since 

you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and 

then push the enter button.

2. Select [FREQUENCY] of the area that displays 

the frequency on the home screen or in the 

linkage menu and push the enter button.

*The frequency setup screen appears.

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

8R4R @بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

4N:dfb^

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

3. When switching the frequency, select [BAND 

NO.] and push the enter button.

*The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.

4. Select the frequency you want to use and 

push the enter button.


$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV

5. If the frequency is correct, push the enter 

button.

6.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is 

displayed. To send on the new frequency, 

select [YES] and push the enter button.

*To not send, select [NO] and push the enter button.

Registration of the user's name

T12Z transmitter can register user's name. 

How to register user's name

1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.

2. Select [USER NAME] of the area that displays 

the user's name on the home screen or in the 

system menu and push the enter button.

*The user name set up screen appears.

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

3. Select [USER NAME] and push the enter 

button. Then the set up screen will pop up. 

You can use up to 12 characters as a user's 

name.

يخشحشحسخ ﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

+〔>ّ︨ءْء(—َ

H*,RPR N604كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

*For a description of the user's name registering: p.33.

4. Push "Return" key to return to the previous 

screen after entering the user's name.

(If you want to protect the user's name)

If you don't want anybody else to change your 

user's name, set your ID.

*Please be aware that you will not able to change user's name 

if you forget your password. 

*For a description of the user's name protection method: p.33.
<Basic Operation> 25

Timer

• Timer is displayed here. 

Push the enter button to 

start/stop the timer.

• Time and mode (UP/DN) 

are displayed here. 

Push the enter button for 

resetting the timer.

• Push the enter button 

to call the timer setting 

screen.

Warning

%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUHÀ\LQJ

your aircraft.

Check the remaining battery as often as possible 

and try to charge the battery earlier. If the battery 

alarm makes a sound and its warning symbol is 

displayed, land your aircraft immediately.

*You can adjust the LCD contrast by the display setting in the 

system menu.

Home screen

Digital trim (T1 to T4, CD)

• Trim position is displayed 

here.

Push the enter button 

to call the Dial Monitor 

screen.

Condition

• The condition 

n a m e t h a t i s 

currently used is 

displayed here. 

Push the enter 

button to call 

the Condition 

Select screen. 

Model Name

• The model name that is currently used is 

displayed here. 

• Push the enter button to call the Model 

Select screen.

User's name

• Push the enter button 

to call the User's Name 

Setting screen.

Modulation mode/Frequency

• Modulation mode is displayed 

here. (PCM-G3/PC M1024/

PPM)

• Band number and frequency 

are displayed here.

• Push the enter button to call the 

Frequency Set screen.

System timer

• This shows the accumulated time since 

the latest reset.

(Hour):(Minute):(Second)

Push the enter button to call the system 

timer setting screen.

Use the cursor lever to select the following display area to call each setting screen, and push the enter 

button. The setting screen appears.

(Menu)

• System

• Linkage

• Model

Push the enter 

button to call 

e a c h M e n u 

screen.

ŏ5),QGLFDWRU

Battery Indicator

• When the remaining battery 

reaches 19%, the alarm will 

beep. Land your aircraft 

immediately.

Airplane/Glider/EP Glider Home Screen
26 <Basic Operation>

Throttle/Pitch Position Display

• Throttle and pitch position is displayed here.

Push the enter button to call the throttle curve or Pitch curve 

setting screen directly.

Helicopter Home Screen

To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:

1.Move the cursor to [CND HOLD].

2.Set the throttle stick lower than 

the 1/3 point and push the enter 

button to activate/deactivate the 

condition hold function.

*See p.68 for condition hold function details.

*Condition hold operation is displayed. ("IS ACTIVE")
<Functions of System Menu> 27

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SYSTEM MENU

System Menu functions table

[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.

[DISPLAY]: Display adjustment and auto power off setting.

[SOUND]: Adjusts the speaker volume.

[SYSTEM TIMER]: Resets the accumulated timer.

[USER NAME]: User name registration and ID Pin number.

[H/W REVERSE]: Reverses the direction of operation of the sticks, switches, trim levers, knobs, etc.

[INFORMATION]: Displays the program version, CF card information, and product ID.

The System Menu sets up functions of the 

transmitter, this does not set up any model data.

ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO

WKH V\VWHPPHQX VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

ŏ8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ

\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\

SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊لجييحيتخىيحي

.6*8L

,0RB8J0

*.J0ك8R:J

B8H60:R,B68

LB.4<R"

.".,J:ك,B:J0

Dك&ك0J(J0.J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
28 <Functions of System Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

When using at the teacher side

6HOHFWWKHPRGH

*When changing the mode, use the cursor lever to move 

to the item you want to change and change the mode by 

turning the data input dial to the left or right. The display 

blinks. Press the enter button to change the mode.

 7($&+(5678'6HOHFW>7($&+@

 $&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJ WR

>2))@RU>21@

 &+$11(/:KHQ WKH VWXGHQWXVHV WKH

7= LQFOXGLQJ WKH 70=RU ); VHOHFW

>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@

6HOHFWWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK

*When setting or changing the switch, use the cursor lever to 

move to the "SWITCH" item, call the switch setup screen 

by pushing the enter button and set the desired switch and 

ON/OFF direction.

 6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRI

WKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV

*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the 

TRAINER Trainer system starting and setting

The Trainer function makes it possible for the 

instructor to choose which functions and channels 

are to be used for instruction, making it possible to 

match the training ability to the student's skill level. 

Two transmitters must be connected by an optional 

Trainer Cord, and the Instructors’ transmitter 

should be programmed for trainer operation, as 

described below.

When the Instructor activates the trainer switch, 

the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX or 

FUNC mode is turned on, the Instructor can make 

corrections while the student has control). When 

the switch is released the Instructor regains control. 

This is very useful if the student gets the aircraft 

into an undesirable situation.

NOTE: This trainer system can be used in the 

following manner;

1. With the T12Z transmitter and a conventional 

transmitter, if the channel order is different. It 

is necessary to match the channel order in 

the Function setting screen when connecting 

it with other than a T12Z.

2. When the T12Z is used as the Teacher, set the 

modulation mode of the student’s transmitter 

to PPM. If being used as the student, set 

the T12Z to the modulation mode specified 

by the Instructors’ transmitter. When the 

Instructors’ transmitter is a T14MZ, 12Z, T9Z, 

T9C or T7C transmitter, it should be switched 

to PPM mode.

3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in 

ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ

ŏ6HOHFW >75$,1(5@DW WKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)

ON position on the switch setup screen. When [NORM] is 

selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed. When 

[ALT] is selected, the trainer function is alternately turned 

on and off each time the switch is operated. This allows 

alternate ON/OFF switching even when a momentary switch 

(SH) is used.

6HOHFWWKHRSHUDWLQJPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

*Use the cursor lever to move the cursor to the "MODE" item 

of the channel you want to change and change the mode by 

turning the data input dial to the left or right. The display 

blinks. Press the enter button to change the mode.

 1250 7KHPRGHO LVFRQWUROOHGE\ VLJQDOV

IURPWKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHU

 0,; PRGH 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\

VLJQDOV WUDQVPLWWHG IURP WKH WHDFKHU DQG

يمي﷊نجحبحي﷒يميلجي

6HH

6HH

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈غميعجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊ ﷤

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي ﷢

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي ﷠

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒ ﷞

﷊لجي﷒يمي جحىيحي ﷊﷌عميلجم

6HH

6HH

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊نجحبحي﷒يميلجي

6HH

6HH

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈غميعجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊ ﷤

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي ﷢

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي ﷠

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒ ﷞

﷊لجي﷒يمي جحىيحي ﷊﷌عميلجم

6HH

6HH

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

Corresponding types of transmitters: 

79)79$7'$7<*7<).7;7(;78

7&787&7=7=70=

يمي﷊نجحبحي﷒يميلجي

,JRND

B8D

dbND

8*<<

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

﷌شحيلجييحيفخميمي﷊عجم﷎﷒﷊لجي

لجم﷊نجحنجح﷒عجم﷎غمي﷖فخم﷤﷢

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Functions of System Menu> 29

VWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHUV

 )81&PRGHIXQFWLRQPRGH

 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VLJQDOV IURP

WKH VWXGHQW WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK WKH WHDFKHU

$)5VHWWLQJ

 2))2QO\WKHWHDFKHUVLGHRSHUDWHV

*The setting above allows setting of the servo throw relative 

to the amount of student side operation when [MIX] or 

[FUNC] was selected.

 :KHQFKDQJLQJWKHUDWHXVHWKHFXUVRUOHYHU

WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@LWHPRI WKH

FKDQQHO \RXZDQW WRFKDQJHDQGXVH WKH

GDWDLQSXWGLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH

 6HWWLQJUDQJHa

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

6HWWKHVZLWFKRIHDFKFKDQQHO

*When setting the switch at each channel, use the cursor 

lever to move to the "SW" item of the channel you want to 

change, call the switch setup screen by pushing the enter 

button, and select the switch.

 18//$OZD\V21

 6$a6+7KH VZLWFKZKLFKHQDEOHV VWXGHQW

VLGHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG6HH6ZLWFK

VHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDW WKHHQGRI WKLVPDQXDO

IRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV

 >&DXWLRQ@,Q WKH VWXGHQWPRGH WKH WUDLQHU

IXQFWLRQGLVSOD\ LVQRW WXUQHGRQDV ORQJDV

WKH WHDFKHU WUDQVPLWWHU GRHV QRW UHFHLYH

VLJQDOV IURP WKH VWXGHQW WUDQVPLWWHU ZKHQ

WKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHULVQRWFRQQHFWHG

When using at the student side

6HOHFWWKHPRGH

*When changing the mode, use the cursor lever to move 

to the item you want to change and change the mode by 

turning the data input dial to the left or right. The display 

blinks. Press the enter button to change the mode.

 7($&+(5678'6HOHFW>678'@VWXGHQW

 $&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJ WR

>21@

 &+$11(/:KHQ WKH VWXGHQW XVHVD

7= LQFOXGLQJ WKH70=DQG); VHOHFW

>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@

 02'8/$7,21 6HW WR WKH PRGH >330@

RU >3&0@ VSHFLILHG E\ WKH VWXGHQW VLGH

WUDQVPLWWHU

 1RWH ,Q VWXGHQWPRGHRQO\ WKH WHDFKHU

VLGHFDQ WXUQRQDQGRII WKHSRZHU WR WKH

VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU.HHS WKHSRZHUVZLWFK

DOZD\V DW RII SRVLWLRQ 1RWH ,Q WHDFKHU

يمي﷊نجحبحي﷒يميلجي

.,*L

B8D

VNDك

44:

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

﷌شحيلجييحيفخميمي﷊عجم﷎﷒﷊لجي

لجم﷊نجحنجح﷒عجم﷎غمي﷖فخم﷤﷢

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊نجحبحي﷒يميلجي

.,*L

B8D

VNDك

44:

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

﷌شحيلجييحيفخميمي﷊عجم﷎﷒﷊لجي

لجم﷊نجحنجح﷒عجم﷎غمي﷖فخم﷤﷢

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

PRGH WKH WUDLQHU IXQFWLRQZRQ·WEH WXUQHG

RQXQOHVV WKH,QVWUXFWRUV
 WUDQVPLWWHU UHFHLYHV

VLJQDOV IURP WKH VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU %H

VXUH WRFRQILUP WKLVDIWHUFRQQHFWLQJ \RXU

WUDLQHUFDEOH
30 <Functions of System Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

LCD contrast adjustment

$GMXVWWKHVFUHHQFRQWUDVW

*Use the cursor lever to select "LCD CONTRAST" and 

adjust the contrast by turning the data input dial to the left 

and right.

 $GMXVW WR WKHFRQWUDVWZKLOHZDWFKLQJ WKH

VFUHHQGLVSOD\

 0RYH WKHDUURZRQ WKH VFUHHQDQGGLVSOD\

WKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJSRVLWLRQ

 /HIWVLGH/LJKWHU

 5LJKWVLGH'DUNHU

*When you want to reset the contrast to the initial state, select 

"LCD CONTRAST" and push the enter button for 1 second. 

LCD CONTRAST is reset to the center position.

DISPLAY /&'VFUHHQDGMXVWPHQWDQGDXWRSRZHURIIVHWWLQJ

The following LCD screen adjustments and auto 

power off setting are possible:

ŏ&RQWUDVWDGMXVWPHQW

ŏ$XWRSRZHURIIWLPHVHWWLQJ

Auto power off time setting

 6HW WKH WLPH WKHDXWRSRZHU RII IXQFWLRQ

RSHUDWHV

*When the amount of time a stick, switch, etc. (excluding 

screen operation) is not operated exceeds the set time, the 

power is automatically turned off. This time can be set up 

to 1 hour in 10 minute steps. "Auto power off" can also be 

disabled ("NEVER").

*When the transmitter is expected to be idle for a long time 

during flight with a glider, etc., set the auto off timer to 

"NEVER" or a long time.

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷒لجمقمحيحيبحي﷌

<NLكN68,0R.,

R*,6ك46&J0ك6HHك,B:J `fك:B8*,J.

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ضيشيضيجيلمشيحيحيحيجيلمضيشيلمهمخيحيحيسخيجلمـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلمغيحيسيصي

ŏ6HOHFW >',63/$<@DW WKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ
<Functions of System Menu> 31

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

Volume adjustment

$GMXVWWKHVSHDNHUYROXPH

*Adjust the speaker volume by turning the data input dial to 

the left and right.

 $GMXVW WKH VSHDNHU YROXPHE\ OLVWHQLQJ WR

WKH VRXQG DW DGMXVWPHQW 7KH DUURZ RQ

WKH VFUHHQPRYHVDQGGLVSOD\V WKHFXUUHQW

VHWWLQJSRVLWLRQ

 /HIWVLGH9ROXPHGHFUHDVHV

 5LJKWVLGH9ROXPHLQFUHDVHV

*When you want to return to the initial state, push the enter 

button for 1 second. The arrow returns to the center position.

SOUND $GMXVWVWKHVSHDNHUYROXPH

This function adjusts the volume of the edit 

operation, trim and knob operation, and power ON/

2))FRQ¿UPDWLRQVRXQGDQGWKHDODUPVRXQGHWF

from the transmitter speaker.

 >1RWH@ 6RPH VRXQGV VXFK DV WKH SRZHU

212))FRQILUPDWLRQ VRXQGDODUP VRXQG

DQG VRPHRWKHU LPSRUWDQW VRXQGVDUH QRW

DIIHFWHGE\VHWWLQJ

﷌نجحشحيعمييحي

RL@*.,ك.6*8Lك)6*>:J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷒لجي﷒﷌غميلجي﷊يحي﷊يميغميعميلجيغميلخم﷎﷊يحي﷤لمحغميتخى﷊جحيلحمتخىيمي﷒لجيعمييميغميعجميحيشحيقمح

ŏ6HOHFW >6281'@DW WKH V\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ
32 <Functions of System Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

Timer reset

5HVHW WKH WLPHU WR E\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ IRU  VHFRQG$IWHU UHVHW WKH

WLPHUUHVWDUWVIURP

SYTEM TIMER 5HVHWVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHU

This function resets the system timer displayed 

on the home screen and other setup screens.

ŏ 6\VWHP WLPHUGLVSOD\V WKH WRWDODFFXPXODWHG

WLPHRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUIURPWKHODVWWLPHWKH

WLPHUZDVUHVHW

ŏ 7KLVVHWXSVFUHHQFDQDOVREHFDOOHGGLUHFWO\

IURPWKHKRPHVFUHHQ

يمي﷊لجمبحيلجيغميلجم﷊لجييحيتخىيحي

0J.J,ك.".,J:ك,B:J0 fd﻾d\﻾`f

لخم﷎﷊يحيغمي﷤لمحتخى﷊جحيلحمتخىيمي﷒لجيعمييميغميبخيلجي﷊يحي﷊يمي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 7,0(5@DW WKH V\VWHPPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

 7KH VHWXSPHQXFDQDOVREHFDOOHGE\ VHOHFWLQJ

V\VWHPWLPHUDWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGSUHVVLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ
<Functions of System Menu> 33

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

USER NAME 8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQDQG3,1VHWWLQJ

This function registers the T12Z user name.

A PIN can also be set to protect the set data or 

user name.

*Set the PIN carefully. When a system PIN is set, if you 

forget the PIN, none of the settings can be changed. In this 

case, the system must be reset by the Futaba Service Center. 

User name registration

*Select [USER NAME] and push the enter button. The setup 

screen appears.

 8VH WKH GDWD LQSXW GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH

FKDUDFWHU\RXZDQW WRFKDQJH LQ WKHXVHU

QDPH WKHQXVH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW

WKH FKDUDFWHU DQG WKHQ SXVK WKH HQWHU

EXWWRQ&KDQJHWKHRWKHUFKDUDFWHUVLQWKH

VDPHZD\

*A name of up to 12 characters can be entered as the user 

name. (Space is also counted as 1 character.)

*[BS] erases the preceding character and [CL] erases the 

selected character and all the following characters.

:KHQLQSXWLVFRPSOHWHXVHWKHFXUVRUOHYHU

WR VHOHFW >(17(5@DQG WKHQSXVK WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

*When you want to stop input and return to the original state, 

select [CANCEL] and push the enter button.

3XVK WKH UHWXUQNH\ WR UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDO

VFUHHQ

يخشحشحسخ ﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

+〔>ّ︨ءْء(—َ

H*,RPR N604كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

+〔>ّ︨ءْء(—َ

H*,RPR N604كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

When you want to protect user name/setting data

*When you want to prevent rewriting of the user name or 

setting data, set a user ID by the following method.

 >1RWH@ 1RWH WKDW L I \RX IR UJHW WKH 3,1

QXPEHU WKH XVHU QDPH RU VHWWLQJ GDWD

FDQQRWEHFKDQJHG

*Use the cursor lever to select [SECURE MODE] and then 

push the enter button. The security mode setup screen 

appears.

:KHQFRQÀUPLQJDQGFKDQJLQJWKHVHFXULW\

PRGH LQ WKHER[DW WKH ULJKW VLGH RI WKH

VFUHHQWXUQWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO7KHGLVSOD\

VWDUWV WR EOLQN:KHQ WKH HQWHU EXWWRQ LV

SXVKHG WKHGLVSOD\ OLJKWV VWHDGLO\DQG WKH

PRGHDFWXDOO\FKDQJHV

 86(5 1$0( 6HOHFW ZKHQ \RX ZDQW WR

SURWHFWRQO\WKHXVHUQDPH

 6<67(06HOHFWZKHQ\RXZDQW WRSURWHFW

DOOGDWD

$W WKHHQGRIFRQILUPDWLRQ UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKHUHWXUQNH\

*The secure mode can be changed even after the PIN number 

is input.

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

*.J0ك8R:J

﷊﷌عميلجمغمي﷊يميشحي﷎﷊يحي

﷊عجملجيغميتخىلجمنجحعميغميلجي﷎﷊لجيعمييميقمح

همم﷊يميشحييحي

حيحيسي

جيضيشيضيجييج

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحيغمي﷌﷊يمي﷊لجينجح﷊

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

*.J0ك8R:J

﷊﷌عميلجمغمي﷊يميشحي﷎﷊يحي

﷊عجملجيغميتخىلجمنجحعميغميلجي﷎﷊لجيعمييميقمح

همم﷊يميشحييحي

حيحيسي

جيضيشيضيجييج

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحيغمي﷌﷊يمي﷊لجينجح﷊

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW >86(51$0(@DW WKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

 7KH VHWXSPHQXFDQDOVREHFDOOHGE\ VHOHFWLQJ

XVHUQDPHDW WKHKRPH VFUHHQDQGSUHVVLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ
34 <Functions of System Menu>

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW >,'180%(5@

DQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ7KHXVHU,'

QXPEHUVHWXSVFUHHQDSSHDUV

 8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH ILUVW

GLJLW DQG WKHQ SXVK WKH HQWH U EXWWRQ

6HTXHQWLDOO\VHWWKHGLJLWV


7KHGLJLWVKLIWVDXWRPDWLFDOO\+RZHYHUWRVKLIWWRDVSHFL¿F

digit, use the cursor lever to select the arrow symbol and 

move the arrow symbol by pushing the enter button.

:KHQ LQSXW LV FRPSOHWH VHOHFW >(17(5@

DQGSXVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ$FRQÀUPDWLRQ

PHVVDJHDSSHDUV

(QGE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQDJDLQ

*Once the transmitter power is turned off, the set security 

mode is enabled.

*When a PIN number was set for the user name, the PIN 

number must be input the next time the user name setup 

screen is opened.

 When a system PIN number was set, [INPUT ID] is 

displayed on the home screen. When this button is selected 

and the enter button is pushed when you want to change the 

setting, the PIN number input screen appears.

*When you want to clear the PIN number, set to "0000" 

(initial state).

﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

fff f يمي﷊﷐لجمشحينجحغمي﷌بحي

f d b `^\ZXVT

J8,J0

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷒نجحغمييمي﷊يحيشحي

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

*.J0ك8R:J

يخشحشحسخ

BLك8*:PJ0

.JN*0Jك:6LJ

fff f يمي﷊﷐لجمشحينجحغمي﷌بحي

f d b `^\ZXVT

J8,J0

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Functions of System Menu> 35

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

Operation direction reversal method

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH 7<3( LWHPFRUUHVSRQGLQJ WR WKH+:

KDUGZDUH\RXZDQWWRUHYHUVH

 &KDQJH WKH PRGH E\ WXUQLQJ WKH GDWD

LQSXW GLDO WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKW 7KH GLVSOD\

EOLQNV:KHQ WKHHQWHUEXWWRQLVSXVKHG WKH

RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG

 12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ

 5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG

>6WLFNVZLWFKHWF@

H/W REVERSE 6WLFNVZLWFK WULPOHYHUDQGNQRERSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ UHYHUVDO

+DUGZDUHUHYHUVH

This function reverses the operation signal of the 

sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs.

Note: This setting reverses the actual operation 

signal, but does not change the display of 

the indicators on the display. Use the Normal 

mode as long as there is no special reason to 

use the Reverse mode.

يخشحشحسخ ﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميغميجحىفخمعجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي جحىفخمعجم ﷊قمحتخىلجي جحىفخمعجم ﷊قمحتخىلجي جحىفخمعجم

﷤مجي

﷢مجي

﷠مجي

﷞مجي

860:

860:

860:

860:

﷒يحي

﷐يحي

﷎يحي

﷌يحي

860:

860:

860:

﷌لجم 860:

يحيلجم

﷌يمي

يحييمي

860:

860:

860:

860:

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW>+:5(9(56(@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ
36 <Functions of System Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

INFORMATION 'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ&)FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'

The T12Z system program version information, 

CF card information (memory size, vacant capacity, 

number of model data), and product ID are 

displayed on the Information screen.

*When the CF card is not inserted, the CF card information is 

not displayed.

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجميميعمي﷈نجحبحي

D.B<F8Jبخي﷊سخي﷒شحيسخينجح﷒لجم ﷦﷦﷦﷦﷤﷦﷦﷤بخيلجي﷎شحي﷌عمييميقمح

بخييمي﷊﷌عمي﷎نجح﷊فخميميعميلجيبحي﷌﷊

بخي﷊تجىبحييحيغمي﷌يمي﷒﷎غميقمحلجم﷊لجم

بخي﷊تجىبحييحيغمي﷊﷊يمي﷈غمي﷌يمي﷒﷎

بخيغميغميغميغمي﷒لجي﷒﷌غميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷢﷤غميقمح﷤غميغميقمحسخىغميفخمغمي﷦غميقمح﷦غميقمح﷤غميقمحسخى

﷌يمي﷒﷎غميتخىيميعميلجم﷊لجمغميعمينجح

﷌يمي﷒﷎غميتخىيميعميلجم﷊لجمغميعمينجح

﷌يمي﷒﷎غميتخىيميعميلجم﷊لجمغميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW >,1)250$7,21@DW WKH V\VWHPPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

Information

 352'8&73URGXFW,'QXPEHU

 (',725(1&2'(5 7= V\VWHP SURJUDP

YHUVLRQLQIRUPDWLRQ

 0(0&$5'6,=(0HPRU\VL]H&)FDUG

 &$5')5((6,=(9DFDQWFDSDFLW\&)FDUG

 02'(/'$7$1XPEHURIPRGHOGDWD &)

FDUG
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 37

MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE

1. Model addition and call

Initial setting assigns 1 model to the T12Z 

transmitter. The Model Select function of the 

Linkage Menu is used to add models and to select 

models which are already set.

The data for up to 25 models can be saved 

to the transmitter. Data can also be saved to the 

optional CF card.

The currently selected model name is displayed at 

WKHWRSRIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJ

DQ\VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH

When a new model is added, the Model type select 

screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID 

setup screen automatically appear. Please be aware 

that the transmitter will stop transmitting when you 

change the model. 

2. Model type selection

Select the model type matched to the aircraft with 

the Model Type select function of the Linkage Menu. 

For an airplane, select the model type from among 

the 3 types: airplane, glider, and motor glider. After 

the wing type is selected the Tail type select screen is 

displayed. Select the tail type matched to the aircraft. 

There are 13 wing types and 3 tail types for airplane, 

glider, and motor glider.

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

&J8 ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

&J8 ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J &B8Fك,"4J ,RB<

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

لجمبحي﷤﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J &B8Fك,"4J ,RB<

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

لجمبحي﷤﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

R:J0BNR

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

R:J0BNR

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

Airplane/glider basic setting procedure

3. Fuselage linkage

Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder, 

etc. in accordance with the model's instruction 

manual. For a description of the connection 

method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.

Note: The channel assignment of the T12Z is different 

from that of our existing systems. Note that even 

for the same "airplane model", when the wing type 

and tail type are different, the channel assignment 

may be different. (The channel assigned to each 

function can be checked at the Function menu of 

the Linkage Menu.)

ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW

WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQRIWKH

/LQNDJH0HQX

ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDQGFRQWUROVXUIDFH

DQJOHZLWK WKH OLQNDJHDQG ILQH WXQH WKHP

ZLWK WKH 6XE 7ULPDQG (QG 3RLQW IXQFWLRQV

DQJOHDGMXVWPHQW7RSURWHFWWKHOLQNDJHD

OLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQW

IXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQFDQDGMXVWWKH

DPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKWPRYHPHQW

OLPLWDQGVHUYRVSHHGRIHDFKFKDQQHO

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

dRB<

يخشحشحسخ

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٍ︨=ً;

شيشححيجيجيسيخي >bRB

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

dRB<

يخشحشحسخ

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٍ︨=ً;

شيشححيجيجيسيخي >bRB

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

يخشحشحسخ

>RB,ل)

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(︨%ًء(

RB<J(R,60

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

يخشحشحسخ

>RB,ل)

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(︨%ًء(

RB<J(R,60

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

0*LLJ0

J<J(R,60

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

,D06,,<J

RB<J068

@`

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

,`

لحملحملحمغميلجمبحييميلجي لحملحملحمغميلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ ^, ^@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ b, b@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ d, d@

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

0*LLJ0

J<J(R,60

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

,D06,,<J

RB<J068

@`

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

,`

لحملحملحمغميلجمبحييميلجي لحملحملحمغميلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ ^, ^@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ b, b@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ d, d@

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميلحمعميسخىيمي﷊يحي

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

860:R<

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

860:R<

860:R<

860:R<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميلحمعميسخىيمي﷊يحي

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

860:R<

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

860:R<

860:R<

860:R<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
38 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

4. Throttle cut setting

Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a 

switch without changing the throttle trim position.

Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of 

the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut 

function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle 

position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed. 

For safety, the throttle cut function operates the 

throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position.

5. Idle down setting

The idling speed can be lowered with one touch by 

a switch without changing the throttle trim position. 

Perform this setting with the Idle Down function of the 

Linkage Menu. After activating the Idle Down function 

and selecting the switch, adjust the idle down speed. 

For safety, the idle down function acts only when the 

throttle stick is slow side.

*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle 

Down function does not work.

6. AFR (D/R)

AFR function is used to adjust the throw and 

operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch functions 

&+WR&+DQG9WR9IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

This is normally used after End Point (ATV) has 

GH¿QHGWKHPD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV

7. Airbrake

This function is used when an air brake is necessary 

when taking off or diving, etc.

The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, brake 

ÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQEHDFWLYDWHGE\DVZLWFK

7KHRIIVHWDPRXQWRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDS

يخشحشحسخ لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هdX يحيعميقمحغميلجيشحي﷎

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

(—ّ

=>ً(ً{>+

محم﷤﷦﷦

محم﷦

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

محم﷜﷦

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هdX يحيعميقمحغميلجيشحي﷎

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

(—ّ

=>ً(ً{>+

محم﷤﷦﷦

محم﷦

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

محم﷜﷦

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ نجحجحىعمي﷌غمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هfكك لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ُ%ًِ

=;>ِ

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم نجحجحىعمي﷌غمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هfكك لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ُ%ًِ

=;>ِ

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شمغيخي

RB<

سيشححيمجصيجيسي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

RH0

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شمغيخي

RB<

سيشححيمجصيجيسي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

RH0

servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the speed of the 

DLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG,1

side/OUT side) A delay can be set for each condition, 

and a Cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be 

chosen. Trim amounts can be fine-tuned by setting a 

VR. You can also set the Auto Mode, which will link 

Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick 

VZLWFKRUGLDOFDQDOVREHVHWDVWKH212))VZLWFK

$GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQLQVWDOOXSWRHLJKWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

per model. You can assign all switches including sticks, 

VZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGWULPVZLWFKHVDVÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

VHOHFWLRQVZLWFKHV<RXFDQDOVRDGGGHOD\HGPL[LQJ

to these functions in order to avoid sudden changes. 

0RUHRYHU\RXFDQVHWSULRULW\RUGHUIRUÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

when you set more than one condition. In addition, you 

can copy conditions and/or change names of conditions. 

7KLVFRPPDQGPD\DOVREHXVHGWRGH¿QHZKDWVZLWFKHV

DQGRUFRQWUROVDUHXVHGWRDFWLYDWHHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

The Condition Select function automatically allocates 

the Condition 1 for each model type. Condition 1 is 

WKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQDOVRUHIHUUHGWRDV1RUPDODQGLV

the only one active when a new model type is defined. 

This condition is always on, and remains on until other 

conditions are activated by switches.

The Condition Delay can be programmed for each 

channel. The Condition Delay is used to change the 

servo throw smoothly when switching conditions.

*When a new condition is added, "Condition1" data is 

automatically copied.

*Select the condition switch and set the new condition data in 

WKHVZLWFK21VWDWH+RZHYHULIWKHJURXSPRGH*5283

was selected in advance, the same data will be input at all the 

FRQGLWLRQV6HOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6,1*/(DQGDGMXVWWKH

condition you want to change.

9. When tailless wing model selected

Tailless wing elevator operation uses elevator to camber 

PL[LQJ7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHGDWLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

LJ<R"

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

LJ<R"
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 39

1. Model addition and call

Default setting assigns 1 model to the T12Z. To 

add new models or to call a model already set, use the 

Model Select function of the Linkage Menu. 

This is convenient when calling a model after 

registering the model names in advance. (The data of 

up to 25 models can be saved at the transmitter. Data 

can also be saved to the optional CF card.)

The currently called model is displayed at the top 

RIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJDQ\

VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH

When a new model is added, the Model Type Select 

screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID 

setup screen automatically appear. Change, or check 

that they match the type, frequency, and receiver type 

of the model used.

2. Model type and swash type selection

If a different model type is already selected, select 

helicopter with the Model Type function of the 

Linkage Menu, and then select the swash type matched 

to the helicopter.

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

&J8 ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

&J8 ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J .&R.Dك,"4J

﷠يميعجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يمي﷊لجيقمحعمي﷎بحيلجم﷊عجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J .&R.Dك,"4J

﷠يميعجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يمي﷊لجيقمحعمي﷎بحيلجم﷊عجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

R:J0BNR

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

R:J0BNR

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J .&R.Dك,"4J

﷠يميعجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يمي﷊لجيقمحعمي﷎بحيلجم﷊عجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J .&R.Dك,"4J

﷠يميعجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يمي﷊لجيقمحعمي﷎بحيلجم﷊عجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ

Helicopter basic setting procedure

7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVH[DPSOHVRIXVHRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQVRIWKH7=$GMXVWWKHDFWXDOYDOXHV

etc. to match the fuselage used.

3. Flight condition addition

The transmitter can install up to eight flight 

conditions per model. You can assign all switches 

including sticks, switches, trim levers and trim switches 

as flight-condition selection switches. You can also 

DGGGHOD\HGPL[LQJWRWKHVH IXQFWLRQVLQRUGHUWR

avoid sudden changes. Moreover, you can set priority 

RUGHUIRUÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVZKHQ\RXVHWPRUHWKDQRQH

condition. In addition, you can copy conditions and/or 

change names of conditions. This command may also 

be used to define what switches and/or controls are 

XVHGWRDFWLYDWHHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

The Condition Select function automatically 

DOORFDWHVWKH&RQGLWLRQ1250$/IRUHDFKPRGHO

W\SH1250$/LVWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQDQGLVWKH

only one active when a new model type is defined. 

This condition is always on, and remains on until other 

conditions are activated by switches.

The Condition Delay can be programmed for each 

channel. The Condition Delay is used to change the 

servo throw smoothly when switching conditions.

*HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH

ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH

ZKHQVZLWFK2))

8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ

ŏ,GOHXS 6ZLWFK VHWWLQJH[DPSOH2SHUDWH

DW6:(FHQWHU

8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSUROOLQJVWDOOWXUQDQGRWKHU

PDQHXYHUV

ŏ,GOHXS 6ZLWFK VHWWLQJH[DPSOH2SHUDWH

DW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH

8VHLQUROOV

ŏ 7K URWWOH KROG 6ZLWFK VHWWLQJ H[DPSOH

2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH

8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ

The priority is throttle hold/idle up 2/idle up 1/

normal. Throttle hold has the highest priority.

Add other conditions, as required.

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

.&R.DكDل ^.&R.DكD0`

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٌ︨{ء;{

شيشححيجيجيسيخي

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

.&R.DكDل ^.&R.DكD0`

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٌ︨{ء;{

شيشححيجيجيسيخي

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

LJ<R"

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

LJ<R"
40 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH

2SHUDWLRQRIWKHVZDVKSODWHQHDUWKHKRYHULQJ

SRLQWFDQEHFRUUHFWHGE\VZDVK$)5IXQFWLRQ

FRUUHFWLRQPL[LQJ8VHWKLVZKHQSLWFKDLOHURQ

DQGHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQFDXVHVWKHVZDVKSODWHWR

GHYLDWHIURPWKHQRUPDOGLUHFWLRQ

&DOOWKH6ZDVKVHWXSĺ0L[LQJ5DWH/LQNDJH&RPSHQVDWLRQ

3LWFKVORZVLGHDQGKLJKVLGHOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQLV

DOVRSRVVLEOH$GMXVWVRWKDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDXVHV

WKHVZDVKSODWHWRPRYHXSDQGGRZQLQWKH

KRUL]RQWDOVWDWH/LQNDJH&RPSHQVDWLRQ

5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting

This function adjusts the throttle or pitch 

operation curve in relation to the movement of the 

throttle stick for each condition.

(17 points curve)

The throttle/pitch curve can be freely selected from 

linear operation curve to smooth curve, and adjusted 

to match the curve you want by means of the T12Z’s 

powerful Curve Edit Function (6 types of curves can 

be selected). Up to 17 points can be set for linear 

or curve types. However, when using the 3 points 

RUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWRFUHDWHDFXUYHDVLPSOHDQG

smooth curve can be created by selecting the curve 

type and reducing the number of input points to 3 

or 5, and then entering the specified value at the 

corresponding points that you created.

7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!

Call the throttle curve of each condition with the 

condition select switch.

ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW

1RUPDOFXUYHXVHV1RUPDO/LQHDUW\SHDQGFUHDWHV

DEDVLFSLWFKFXUYHFHQWHUHGQHDUKRYHULQJ7KLV

FXUYHLVDGMXVWHGWRJHWKHUZLWKWKH7KURWWOH&XUYH

1RUPDOVRWKDWWKHHQJLQHVSHHGLVFRQVWDQWDQG

XSGRZQFRQWUROLVHDVLHVW

ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW

7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKFXUYHVHWVWKHPD[LPXPSLWFK

UHJDUGOHVVRIWKHHQJLQHORDG7KHORZVLGHSLWFK

FXUYHFUHDWHVDFXUYHPDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFV

ORRSUROO'HWF

1RWH:KHQWKHFXUYHW\SHLVFKDQJHGWKHGDWDLVUHVHW

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

هdff

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لجيبحيقمح

لجيبحيقمح

لجمبحي﷒

﷊لجم﷊

هdff

هdff هdff

هdff هdff

هf \هf\

هf \هf\

لجيبحيقمح لجمبحي﷒

لجمبحي﷒

لجيبحيقمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷊لجم﷊

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

هdff

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لجيبحيقمح

لجيبحيقمح

لجمبحي﷒

﷊لجم﷊

هdff

هdff هdff

هdff هdff

هf \هf\

هf \هf\

لجيبحيقمح لجمبحي﷒

لجمبحي﷒

لجيبحيقمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷊لجم﷊

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غمييميعجملجي

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحشحنج حيشيضيجي شحمخشحشحنج حيضيصي

صيسيضيجيسي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غمييميعجملجي

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحشحنج حيشيضيجي شحمخشحشحنج حيضيصي

صيسيضيجيسي

4. Fuselage linkage

Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator, 

pitch, and other servos in accordance with the 

kit instruction manual. For a description of the 

connection method, see "Receiver and Servos 

Connection".

*The channel assignment of the T12Z is different 

IURPWKDWRIRXUH[LVWLQJV\VWHPV7KHFKDQQHO

assigned to each function can be checked at the 

Function menu of the Linkage Menu.)

ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR

LV LQFRUUHFW XVH WKH 5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQ RI

WKH/LQNDJH0HQX$OVRXVH WKH VZDVK$)5

IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH

ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR

*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQ

ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH

FDUEXUHWRU EHFRPHV IXOO FORVH DW IXOO WULP

WKURWWOHFXWLVSRVVLEOH

ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH

DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG

(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQUXGGHUDQJOHDGMXVWPHQW

7RSURWHFW WKH OLQNDJHD OLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQ

DOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

0*LLJ0

,D06,,<J

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

F"06

RB<J068

@b

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

,b

لحملحملحمغميلجمبحييميلجي لحملحملحمغميلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي ^, ^@

8*<< 8*<<

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي d, d@

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

0*LLJ0

,D06,,<J

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

F"06

RB<J068

@b

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

,b

لحملحملحمغميلجمبحييميلجي لحملحملحمغميلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي ^, ^@

8*<< 8*<<

يمي﷒قمح﷊يحي d, d@

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميلحمعميسخىيمي﷊يحي

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

860:R<

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

عمييميتخىسخي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

860:R<

860:R<

860:R<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميلحمعميسخىيمي﷊يحي

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

860:R<

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

عمييميتخىسخي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

860:R<

860:R<

860:R<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

لجم﷒يميلجيشحي﷊نجح

هf\م هf\

سر

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح عجمسخيبحيعجم

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح جحىعميلجم

غي يخشحشحسخ

يمي﷈﷒غميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح

هf\م

هf\م

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

لجم﷒يميلجيشحي﷊نجح

هf\م هf\

سر

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح عجمسخيبحيعجم

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح جحىعميلجم

غي يخشحشحسخ

يمي﷈﷒غميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح

هf\م

هf\م

يخشحشحسخ لجمبحييميلجيلحم﷐شحييحي

fم

,D0

همخيحيحيلمسخيجـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلميمشيحيحيحيجي

سخغيخي

fم

0*L

سجغيخي

F"0

شهغيخي

RB<

شمغيخي

J<J

شحغيخي

4B,

ضرغيخي

fم fم fم fم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجمبحييميلجيلحم﷐شحييحي

fم

,D0

همخيحيحيلمسخيجـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلميمشيحيحيحيجي

سخغيخي

fم

0*L

سجغيخي

F"0

شهغيخي

RB<

شمغيخي

J<J

شحغيخي

4B,

ضرغيخي

fم fم fم fم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ لخمسخىلجي﷒لمحلجينجحبحيعميقمحغمي﷌نجح﷊

ه\`d ﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

عمييميتخىسخي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

f

f

f

f

جيحيحيصيحي شيعيشمعيسر سرحيغيضيجيشي سرحيغيضيجيشي شيعيشمعيسر شحضيعيشيخيشحسيشي غيخي

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجملخمسخىلجي﷒لمحلجينجحبحيعميقمحغمي﷌نجح﷊

ه\`d ﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

عمييميتخىسخي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

f

f

f

f

جيحيحيصيحي شيعيشمعيسر سرحيغيضيجيشي سرحيغيضيجيشي شيعيشمعيسر شحضيعيشيخيشحسيشي غيخي

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 41

3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ

Use this function when you want to suppress 

the torque generated by the changes in the pitch 

and speed of the main rotor during pitch operation. 

Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in the 

rudder direction. However, when using a heading 

hold gyro like those shown below, do not use Pitch 

WR58'PL[LQJ

1RWH:KHQXVLQJD*<*<*<RURWKHU

KHDGLQJKROGJ\URWKLV3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVKRXOG

QRWEHXVHG7KHUHDFWLRQWRUTXHLVFRUUHFWHGDW

WKHJ\URVLGH:KHQRSHUDWLQJWKHJ\URLQWKH$9&6

PRGHWKHPL[HGVLJQDOZLOOFDXVHQHXWUDOGHYLDWLRQ

V\PSWRPVDQGWKHJ\URZLOOQRWRSHUDWHQRUPDOO\

&DOOWKH3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJIXQFWLRQIURPWKH

Model Menu, and set the curve for each condition. 

$WLQLWLDO VHWWLQJWKLV IXQFWLRQLVLQWKH ,1+

VWDWH7RXVHLWVHWLWWRWKH21VWDWH

(17 points curve)

Curve setting of up to 17 points is possible. 

+RZHYHULQWKH IROORZLQJ VHWWLQJ H[DPSOH D

simple curve can be adjusted by using the [Linear] 

curve type.

1RWH$WLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWKHVHWWLQJPRGHLVWKHJURXS

PRGH,QWKLVPRGHWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDUHVHWDWLQ

DOOFRQGLWLRQV:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHG

FRQGLWLRQRQO\VZLWFKWRWKHVLQJOHPRGH

6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!

&DOOWKHPL[LQJFXUYHRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQZLWKWKH

condition select switch.

$FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ

ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH1RUPDO

8VHWKHKRYHULQJV\VWHPDQGVHWWKLVFXUYHWR

PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDW

DFRQVWDQWVSHHG

*For this curve, use the initial setting [Linear] curve type.

ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ,GOHXS

8VHWKLVFXUYHLQoVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGUROOLQJ

VWDOOWXUQDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ

VWUDLJKWDKHDGZKHQKHDGLQJLQWRWKHZLQG

*For this curve, [Linear] curve type can be used and the entire 

curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.

ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ+ROG

7KLVIXQFWLRQLVVHWVRWKDWWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجيبحيقمح

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشمشحنج حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

صيسيضيجيسي

B8D

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجيبحيقمح

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشمشحنج حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

صيسيضيجيسي

B8D

F06*4

ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW

7KHWKURWWOHKROGFXUYHLVXVHGZKHQSHUIRUPLQJ

DXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV

&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI

WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ

%HVXUHWKDWZKHQVHWWRKLJKVLGHWKHFXUYH

RIDQ\FRQGLWLRQGRHVQRWH[FHHG

<([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!

Call the pitch curve of each condition with the 

condition select switch.

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO

0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\oao

6HWWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJZLWKWKHVWLFNSRVLWLRQDW

WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG

*Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve. 

Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function 

and hovering pitch function together.

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS

7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYH

PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW

6HWWRoaoDVVWDQGDUG

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS

7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS

7KHVWDQGDUGLVo

ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG

$WDXWRURWDWLRQXVHWKHPD[LPXPSLWFKDWERWK

WKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHV

>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@

7KURWWOHKROGoao

6. Throttle hold setting

Call the Throttle Hold function from the Model 

Menu and switch to the throttle hold condition with 

the condition select switch.

1RWH$WLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWKHVHWWLQJPRGHLVWKH

JURXSPRGH6LQFHWKLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWXVHGDWRWKHU

FRQGLWLRQVVZLWFKWRWKHVLQJOHPRGHEHIRUHVHWWLQJ

ŏ6HWWLQJ WR WKH VWDWH ZKLFK DFWLYDWHV WKH

IXQFWLRQ

7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQDOORZVVHWWLQJIRUWKURWWOH

FXWDQGVZLWFKLQJRIWKHIXQFWLRQÀ[HGDWWKHLGOH

SRVLWLRQE\VZLWFKIRUWUDLQLQJ(LWKHURQHRUERWK

IXQFWLRQVFDQEHSHUIRUPHG

ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDW

WKURWWOHKROG7KURWWOHFXWDQGLGOHSRVLWLRQV

ŏ2WKHUVHWWLQJV

:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNRSHUDWLRQZLWKVWLFN

PDQLSXODWLRQWKH$XWRPRGHFDQEHVHW

:KHQ\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWWKHVHUYRVSHHGDGMXVW

>6SHHG@

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌لجمعميعجمغمييميعجملجي

ُِ>\︨(—ّ

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

>:R: ﷊﷌عميلجم

هdX

يخشحشحسخ

يحيعميقمحغمي﷌لجمعميعجم يخشح

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

F04

8*<<

f

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌لجمعميعجمغمييميعجملجي

ُِ>\︨(—ّ

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

>:R: ﷊﷌عميلجم

هdX

يخشحشحسخ

يحيعميقمحغمي﷌لجمعميعجم يخشح

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

F04

8*<<

f
42 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

VWUDLJKWDKHDGDWVWUDLJKWOLQHDXWRURWDWLRQ7KH

SLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\o

*For this curve, [Linear] curve type can be used and the entire 

curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.

ŏ2WKHUVHWWLQJV

7KHPL[LQJULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ

FDQEHDGMXVWHG$QDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQDQG

GHFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQZKLFKWHPSRUDULO\LQFUHDVH

DQGGHFUHDVHWKHPL[LQJDPRXQWFDQEHVHW

6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG

pitch interaction

7KH VZDVKPL[ IXQFWLRQLV XVHGWRFRUUHFWWKH

swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and 

elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each 

operation of each condition.

7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ

RPM loss caused by swash operation at aileron 

or elevator operation can be corrected with the 

7KURWWOH0L[ IXQFWLRQ RIWKH0RGHO0HQX+RZ

clockwise and counterclockwise torque is applied 

when pirouetting can also be corrected.

10. Gyro sensitivity and mode switching

The gyro sensitivity and mode switching 

IXQFWLRQLV GHGLFDWHG J\URPL[LQJ RIWKH0RGHO

Menu, and can be set for each condition.

ŏ1RUPDOFRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ*\UR VHQVLWLYLW\

PD[LPXP

ŏ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7K UR W WOH KROG *\ UR

VHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXP

ŏ+RZHYHU DW DXWR URWDWLRQ RI D WDLOGULYHQ

KHOLFRSWHU WKLV IXQFWLRQPD\QRWKDYHDQ\

DIIHFWDWKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

RB<يJ<J

قمحشحيعمييميسخي لجمبحييميلجي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<JيRB<

4B,يRB<

4B,يJ<J

B8D

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

6HH

6HH

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

RB<يJ<J

قمحشحيعمييميسخي لجمبحييميلجي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<JيRB<

4B,يRB<

4B,يJ<J

B8D

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

6HH

6HH

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

RB<ي,D0

قمحشحيعمييميسخي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<Jي,D0

0*Lي,D0

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

RB<ي,D0

قمحشحيعمييميسخي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<Jي,D0

0*Lي,D0

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم عمييميتخىسخي

68 لجي﷎﷒

"F ﷊قمحتخىلجي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

04F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

R(N. fه

هf م >>*8

﷊لجي﷒يمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

﷊لجي﷒يمي لجميميلجي﷎

هميخشحنهلملميج

هملميخشحلملململميج

0R,J dشهسج شحضي

سخحيشيضيجي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم عمييميتخىسخي

68 لجي﷎﷒

"F ﷊قمحتخىلجي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

04F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

R(N. fه

هf م >>*8

﷊لجي﷒يمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

﷊لجي﷒يمي لجميميلجي﷎

هميخشحنهلملميج

هملميخشحلملململميج

0R,J dشهسج شحضي

سخحيشيضيجي

11. Throttle cut setting

Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the 

HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN

at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle 

to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s 

location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults 

WR18//

*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position 

until the engine consistently shuts off, but throttle 

linkage is not binding. When finished, push the 

UHWXUQNH\WRH[LW

2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV

ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ

7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDFRQVWUXFWLRQ

ZKLFKDOORZVQHHGOHFRQWUROGXULQJÁLJKWIXHODLU

PL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW

7KHQHHGOHVHUYRULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDWWKURWWOH

VWLFNDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEH

DGMXVWHG$FFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ

ŏ)XHOPL[WXUHIXQFWLRQ

7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGLQQHHGOHDGMXVWPHQWRIHQJLQHV

ZKLFKXVHDIXHOPL[WXUHFRQWUROFDUEXUHWRU

ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ

7KLVPL[LQJLVGHGLFDWHGJRYHUQRUPL[LQJZKHQD

*9JRYHUQRULVXVHG8SWRUDWHVVSHHGVFDQ

EHVZLWFKHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

يخشحشحسخ لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هdX يحيعميقمحغميلجيشحي﷎

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

(—ّ

=>ً(ً{>+

محم﷤﷦﷦

محم﷦

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

محم﷜﷦

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هdX يحيعميقمحغميلجيشحي﷎

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

(—ّ

=>ً(ً{>+

محم﷤﷦﷦

محم﷦

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

محم﷜﷦

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 43

Receiver switch

Ni-Cd battery

Charging port/

DSC connector

Ɣ'*

Ɣ0RQLWRU/('

Ɣ&+~

&+~

'* Ɣ%&

%&

Ɣ'*

Servos

Ɣ$OZD\VFRQQHFWWKHQHFHVVDU\QXPEHURIVHUYRV

Ɣ7KHUHFHLYHUFKDQQHODVVLJQPHQWGHSHQGVRQWKH

PRGHOW\SH6HHWKH6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHO

W\SHWDEOHV

5'36RXWSXWFRQQHFWRUVHFWLRQ

5HFHLYHUFRQQHFWRUV

Ɣ%&3RZHUVXSSO\'6&FRQQHFWRU

Ɣ&+a2XWSXWFRQQHFWRUVa

Ɣ'*6ZLWFKFKDQQHORXWSXWFRQQHFWRU

Receiver and servos connection diagram

Receiver and servo connection

Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read 

[Precautions when mounting the receiver and servos] of [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and 

servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points in accordance with the kit instruction manual.

The Servo connection by model type tables are shown on the following pages. Connect the 

servos to match the fuselage used.
44 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

Servo connection by model type

The T12Z transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the type 

selected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for 

each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.

*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For 

more information, read the description of the Function menu.

Airplane/glider/motor glider

Ɣ$LUSODQHDQG9WDLO

ŏ:KHQDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKH3&0*W\SHLVXVHGRQO\WKHVKDGHGSDUWRIWKHWDEOHDERYHLV

YDOLG

ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI

WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX

RX CH

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP EP

1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

2 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

3 Throttle Motor AUX1 Throttle Motor AUX1 Throttle Motor AUX7 Throttle Motor AUX6

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Gear AUX7 AUX7 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Airbrake Airbrake Airbrake Gear AUX7 AUX7 Flap Flap Flap Gear AUX5 AUX5

7 AUX6 AUX6 AUX6 AUX6 AUX6 AUX6 Gear AUX6 AUX6 Flap Flap Flap

8 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

9 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4

10 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3

11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC2 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC3 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

RX CH

2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP

1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

2 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

3 Throttle Motor AUX4 Throttle Motor AUX4 Throttle Motor AUX2

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Gear AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX1 AUX1

7 Flap Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3

8 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4

9 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1

10 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4

VC1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC2 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC3 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 45

ŏ:KHQDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKH3&0*W\SHLVXVHGRQO\WKHVKDGHGSDUWRIWKHWDEOHDERYHLV

YDOLG

ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ

RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX

Ɣ$LOYDWRU

RX CH

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP EP

1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2

3 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Throttle Motor AUX7 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Airbrake Airbrake Airbrake Throttle Motor AUX7 Throttle Motor AUX6 Throttle Motor AUX5

7 Gear AUX6 AUX6 Gear AUX6 AUX6 Flap Flap Flap Flap Flap Flap

8 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX5 AUX5 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

9 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 Gear AUX4 AUX4

10 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3

11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC2 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC3 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

RX CH

2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP

1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2

3 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Throttle Motor AUX7 Throttle Motor AUX3 Throttle Motor AUX1

7 Flap Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3

8 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4

9 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1

10 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

11 Gear AUX2 AUX2 Gear AUX2 AUX2 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4

VC1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC2 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC3 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1
46 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

ŏ:KHQDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKH3&0*W\SHLVXVHGRQO\WKHVKDGHGSDUWRIWKHWDEOHDERYHLV

YDOLG

ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ

RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX

Ɣ7DLOOHVVZLQJ

RX CH

2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP

1 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2

3 Throttle Motor AUX1 Throttle Motor AUX7 Throttle Motor AUX6

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Gear AUX7 AUX7 Flap Flap Flap Gear AUX5 AUX5

7 AUX6 AUX6 AUX6 Gear AUX6 AUX6 Flap Flap Flap

8 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

9 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4

10 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3

11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

VC1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

VC2 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC3 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1

RX CH

2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

Airplane

Glider

EP EP EP

1 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2

3 Throttle Motor AUX4 Throttle Motor AUX4 Throttle Motor AUX2

4 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

5 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

6 Gear AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX1 AUX1

7 Flap Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3

8 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4

9 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1 Flap1

10 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2

11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 Flap3 Flap3 Flap3

12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Flap4 Flap4 Flap4

VC1 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

VC2 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber

VC3 AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\ AUX1 %XWWHUÀ\ %XWWHUÀ\

VC4 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 47

CH H-4 Swash All Other

1 Throttle Throttle

2 Rudder Rudder

3 Aileron Gyro

4 Elevator 1 Aileron

5 Pitch Elevator

6 Elevator 2 Pitch

7 Gyro Governor 1

8 Governor 1 Governor 2

9 Governor 2 Needle

10 Needle AUX3

11 AUX2 AUX2

12 AUX1 AUX1

VC1 AUX1 AUX1

VC2 AUX1 AUX1

VC3 AUX1 AUX1

VC4 AUX1 AUX1

Helicopter

ŏ:KHQDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKH3&0*W\SH

LVXVHGRQO\WKHVKDGHGSDUWRIWKHWDEOHDW

WKHOHIWLVYDOLG

ŏ9&aDUHYHUWLFDOFKDQQHOVZLWKQR UHFHLYHU

RX WSX W )R U PR UH LQ IR UPD WLRQ VHH WKH

GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH )XQFWLRQPHQX RI WKH

/LQNDJH0HQX
48 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU

The Linkage Menu is made up of functions 

which perform model addition, model type 

selection, frequency setting, end point setting, and 

other model basic settings.

The functions which can be selected depend on 

the model type. A typical menu screen is shown 

below.

*The display screen is an example. The screen depends 

on the model type.

Linkage Menu functions table

[SERVO MONITOR]: Displays the servo test and operation position

[MODEL SELECT]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting

[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, switch type, etc. selection

[FREQUENCY]: Frequency selection, modulation mode selection, receiver ID setting

[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed

[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo

[SERVO-REVERSE]: Servo direction reversal

[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting

[END POINT(ATV)]: Servo basic rudder adjustment and limit setting

[THROTTLE CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)

[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane and helicopter only)

[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)

[TIMER]: Timer setting and lap time display

[DIAL MONITOR]: Dial, sliding lever, and digital trim position display

[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset (by item)

[COND. HOLD]: Condition hold function

لخم لمح عجمنجحبحي بخي﷌لجمعميعجمغمي﷌نجح﷎

شحينجح﷊لجمغمي﷊سخي﷒جحينجحبحيلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J

.J0(6ك:68B,60

H*8N,B68

.J0(6ل0J(J0.J

:6LJ<ك.J<JN,

H0J2*J8N"

.*Pل,0B:

HRB<ك.RHJ

J8Lك46B8,نR,(ن ,D06,,<JكN*,

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

6HH

ŏ6HOHFW>/,1.$*(@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO

WKH OLQNDJHPHQX VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

ŏ8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ

\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\

SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

شحينجح﷊لجمغمي﷊سخي﷒جحينجحبحيلجم

,B:J0

BL<JكL6&8

LR,Rك0J.J,

.&R.D

LBR<ك:68B,60

N68LلD6<L

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

HH6 لخم لمح عجمنجحبحي بخي﷌لجمعميعجمغمي﷌نجح﷎

To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:

+HOLFRSWHUW\SHRQO\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@

6HW WKH WK URWWOH VWLFN ORZH U WKDQ

WKH  SRLQW DQG SXVK WKH HQWHU

EXWWRQ WRDFWLYDWHGHDFWLYDWH WKH

FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ

*See p.68 for condition hold function details.

*Condition hold operation is displayed.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 49

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SERVO MONITOR 6HUYR7HVW	*UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV

This is used for testing servo movement. 

“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral 

7HVW ́¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH

7KH31HXWUDOWHVW ́LVJRRGIRU¿QGLQJWKHQHXWUDO

position of a servo horn.

ŏ6HOHFW>6(592021,725@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يميعميلجيبحينجحعميلجمغميعميسخىيمي﷊يحي ,J.,ك6HH :6(B8Fك,J.,

سخغيخي

حيسرحي

سجغيخي

جيسيجي

شهغيخي

جيغيشي

شمغيخي

سرعيضي

شحغيخي

ضيحيسي

ضرغيخي

ضرصيضي

سرغيخي

ضرسيضي

شمغيخي

شحسيضي

شحغيخي

شمسيضي

شحسخخي

شهسيضي

سخسخخي

سجسيضي

سجسخخي

سخسيضي

شحنه شحنه شحنه شحنه شحنه شحنه شحشحسخنج شحشحسخنجشحنه شحشحسخنهشحنه شحنه

Servo test operation

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

WHVWPRGHGLVSOD\SRVLWLRQDQGVHOHFWWKHWHVW

PRGHE\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR WKH

OHIWRUULJKW

 >029 ,1* 7 (6 7 @ 0RGH ZK LFK UHSHD W V

RSHUDWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR

 >1(875$/ 7(67@0RGH ZKLFK ORFNV HDFK

VHUYRLQWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>7(672))@SRVLWLRQ:KHQ WKHHQWHUEXWWRQLV

SXVKHGWHVWLQJVWDUWV

:KHQWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLVSXVKHGLQWKHVWDWH

LQ ZKLFK >7(6721@ LV GLVSOD\HG WHVWLQJ LV

VWRSSHG

*The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.
50 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MODEL SELECT 7KH0RGHO 6HOHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQ SHUIRUPVPRGHO DGGLWLRQ FDOO

GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ

This function is used to load the settings of the 

desired model into the T12Z’s memory.

The settings may be selected from either the 

transmitter’s built-in memory or a CFDP32M (Compact 

Flash card; 32MB). Remember that up to 25 model 

memories are available in the transmitter.

The name of the model stored in the transmitter and 

the CF card may be changed. This can be very useful to 

tell different models settings apart. Each model name 

can be as long as 8 characters, and the model name 

always appears in the display screen.

The Copy function is used to copy one set of model 

data into a second memory within the transmitter and 

the CF card. It may be used for getting a head-start on 

setting up models with almost the same settings (only 

GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH

complete model from scratch). Also, this function may 

be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before 

any changes are made.

Model call

*Model data saved at models other than the model currently 

used or saved on a CF card can be called.

8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WR WKH VDYH

GHVWLQDWLRQ ,17(51$/ RU 0(0&$5'

DQGVHOHFW WKHORFDWLRQZKLFKLV WRVDYH WKH

GHVLUHGPRGHOE\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

WRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\

 >0(0&$5'@&)FDUG

 $IWHU XVLQJ WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKH

FXUVRUWRWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVW

SXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWR>6(/(&7@

3XVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ

PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLV

SXVKHGDJDLQFDOOLQJLVFRPSOHWH


7UDQVPLVVLRQVWRSVDQGDVHQGZLWKQHZPRGHOFRQ¿UPDWLRQ

message ("TRANSMIT?") appears.

7R VWDUW WUDQVPLVVLRQXVH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR

VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

 7R QRW WUDQVPLW VHOHFW >12@DQGSXVK WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

Model addition

*A new model can be added to the transmitter memory or CF 

card.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQ,17(51$/RU0(0&$5'

DQG VHOHFW WKH VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\ WXUQLQJ

WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\

 >0(0&$5'@&)FDUG

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWR>1(:@

 3 UHVV WKH HQWH U EXWWRQ $ FRQIL UPDWLRQ

PHVVDJHDSSHDUV 3UHVV WKH HQWHUEXWWRQ

DJDLQ

*The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are 

DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH

and frequency.

*A starting transmission with new model confirmation 

message ("TRANSMIT") appears.

7R VWDUW WUDQVPLVVLRQXVH WKHFXUVRU OHYHO WR

VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

 7R QRW WUDQVPLW VHOHFW >12@DQGSXVK WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

*The added model appears in the model list.

ŏ6HOHFW >02'(/6(/(&7@DW WKH OLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

*The display screen is an example. The screen 

depends on the model type.

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

&J8 ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

(Model list)

ŏ6DYHWR
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 51

Model deletion

*The model stored in the transmitter memory or a CF card 

can be deleted.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\,17(51$/RU0(0

&$5'DQG VHOHFW WKH VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\

WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\

 >0(0&$5'@&)FDUG

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

PRGHO \RXZDQW WRGHOHWH LQ WKHPRGHO OLVW

DQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

8VHWKHFXUVRUDQGPRYHWR>'(/(7(@

3XVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ

PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLV

SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOLVGHOHWHG

Model name change

*The model name saved in the transmitter memory or a CF 

card can be changed.

8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WR WKH VDYH

GHVWLQDWLRQ GLVSOD\ ,17(51$/ RU 0(0

&$5'DQG VHOHFW WKH VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\

WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\

 >0(0&$5'@&)FDUG

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRVHOHFWWKHPRGHOLQWKH

PRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWR>5(1$0(@

3XVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The model name setup screen is displayed.

 8 VH WKH GD WD LQSX W GLDO WR VHOHF W WKH

FKDUDFWHU WR EH FKDQJHG LQ WKH PRGHO

QDPH 8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH

FDQGLGDWH FKDUDFWHU DQG WKHQ SXVK WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ&KDQJH WKHRWKHUFKDUDFWHUV

LQWKHVDPHZD\

*A name of up to 8 characters can be entered as a model 

name. (Space is also counted as one character.)

*[BS] erases the character at the cursor position and [CL] 

erases the character at the cursor position and all the 

following characters.

 $W WKH HQG RI LQSXW XVH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU

WR VHOHFW >(17(5@DQG WKHQSXVK WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

*When you want to stop input and return to the original state, 

select [CANCEL] and push the enter button.

3XVK WKH UHWXUQ NH\ WR UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDO

VFUHHQ

يخشحشحسخ لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ب%ُِ>\

:*LJ<d كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ب%ُِ>\

:*LJ<d كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

Model copy

*A copy can be made of the model saved in the transmitter 

memory or a CF card.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\,17(51$/RU0(0

&$5'DQG VHOHFW WKHFRS\ VRXUFHPRGHO

VDYHORFDWLRQE\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

WRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\

 >0(0&$5'@&)FDUG

0RYHWR>&23<@ZLWKWKHFXUVRUOHYHU

3XVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The copy screen appears.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

FRS\VRXUFHPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQ

SXVKWKHHQWHUNH\

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WR WKHFRS\

GHVWLQDWLRQSRVLWLRQDW WKHERWWRP RI WKH

VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHVDYHGHVWLQDWLRQE\WXUQLQJ

WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWR>&23<@

3XVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ

PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLV

SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOGDWDLVFRSLHG

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d

B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷒لجي﷒﷌غميلجم﷊﷌عميلجمغميتخىقمحعمي﷎ ﷤

N64"

﷢ :6LJ<b

B8,J08R<

:6LJ<d

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

همحيخيجيسيضيحييج

هممخشحعيشيحيحيجييج

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<d

B8,J08R<

يخشحشحسخ

﷒لجي﷒﷌غميلجم﷊﷌عميلجمغميتخىقمحعمي﷎ ﷤

N64"

﷢ :6LJ<b

B8,J08R<

:6LJ<d

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

همحيخيجيسيضيحييج

هممخشحعيشيحيحيجييج
52 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MODEL TYPE 7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU

DQGJOLGHU

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)

 Seven types of main wings and three types 

of tail wings are available for airplanes. Seven 

swash types are available for helicopters. Seven 

types of main wings and three types of tail wings 

are available for gliders. Functions and mixing 

functions necessary for each model type are set in 

advance at the factory.

1RWH 7KH0RGHO 7\SH IXQFWLRQ DXWRPDWLFDOO\

VHOHFWV WKHDSSURSULDWH RXWSXW FKDQQHOV FRQWURO

IXQFWLRQVDQGPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVIRUWKHFKRVHQPRGHO

W\SH:KHQ WKH0RGHO 7\SH6HOHFWLRQFRPPDQG LV

DFFHVVHGDOORI WKHGDWD LQ WKHDFWLYHPHPRU\ LV

FOHDUHG%HVXUHWKDW\RXGRQ·WPLQGORVLQJWKLVGDWD

RUEDFNLWXS WRDQRWKHUPHPRU\XVLQJ WKHFRS\LQJ

IXQFWLRQV

Model type selection

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

LWHP\RXZDQW WRFKDQJHDQG WKHQFDOO WKH

VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

 02'(/7<3(

 :,1*7<3(DLUSODQHJOLGHU

 7$,/DLUSODQHJOLGHU

 6:$6+7<3(KHOLFRSWHU

 8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKH FXUVRU

EOLQNLQJ WR WKH W\SH \RXZDQW WRFKDQJH

DQG VHOHFW WKH W\SHE\SXVKLQJ WKH HQWHU

EXWWRQ

*When the model type was changed, the wing type, tail 

type, or swash type selection screens sequentially appear 

according to the model. Finally, the blinking confirmation 

message "MODEL TYPE CONFIRMATION" appears.

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

همحيـِّحيضرلمجيحيغيشيضييجلمضيشحلمهمـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلمغيحيسيصييجلمحيحيـِّلمثهحيجيسيحي قمحلجم﷈﷞لججلجمبحي﷞﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

:6LJ<ك,"4JكN68HB0:R,B68

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

همحيـِّحيضرلمجيحيغيشيضييجلمضيشحلمهمـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلمغيحيسيصييجلمحيحيـِّلمثهحيجيسيحي قمحلجم﷈﷞لججلجمبحي﷞﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

:6LJ<ك,"4JكN68HB0:R,B68

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW>02'(/7<3(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J &B8Fك,"4J ,RB<

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

لجمبحي﷤﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

 3XVK WKH HQ WH U EX W WRQ WR H[HFX WH WKH

FKDQJH 2SHUDWHDQRWKHU NH\ WR VWRS WKH

FKDQJH

*The model types which are displayed (which can be 

selected) depend on the type of receiver used. For instance, 

for the R149DP, only model types compatible with CH8 can 

be selected. See Servo Connection by Model Type (pages 

44-47).
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 53

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

dRB<

يخشحشحسخ

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٍ︨=ً;

شيشححيجيجيسيخي >bRB

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ ﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٍ︨=ً;

ن">Hن4>bHم>bRB

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ن">Hن4>dHم>bRB

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

يخشحشحسخ

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(︨〔ُِِ—〔

&B8F<J,

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

860:R<

يخشحشحسخ

>RB,ل)

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(︨%ًء(

RB<J(R,60

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J .&R.Dك,"4J

﷠يميعجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

يخشحشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يمي﷊لجيقمحعمي﷎بحيلجم﷊عجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

.&R.DكDل ^.&R.DكD0`

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

=>ً(ُّ%ُ{ُ︨,+(ٌ︨{ء;{

شيشححيجيجيسيخي

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

:6LJ<ك,"4J &B8Fك,"4J ,RB<

لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح

يخشحشحسخ

لجمبحي﷤﷒ ﷊نجح﷒لجمقمحيميبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجيغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

RB04<R8J DJ<BN64,J0

لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ

F<BLJ0 :6,60كF<BLJ0

﷊قمحتخىلجي

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

type Model شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

Select the model type 

f r o m a m o n g a i r p l a n e , 

helicopter, glider, and motor 

glider.

ŏ0RGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

(Airplane, glider) (Helicopter)

ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ5XGGHUW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZDVKW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ7DLOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

Wing type (1/2) (Normal)

Select from among :

DLOHURQDLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS

DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV

DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV

Wing type (2/2) (Tailless wing)

Selection from among: 

DLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS

DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV

DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV

*For tailless wing, the rudder type can be selected 

from normal rudder and winglet.

Tail type

Select from normal, V tail, and ailvator.

Helicopter swash type

Select from among H-1, H-2, H-4, 

HE3,HN3, and H-3.
54 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

Frequency setting

The T12Z transmitter uses a synthesizer system. 

Its frequency can be changed within the range of 

the frequency band of the module used.

The frequency of the R5014DPS receiver is set 

from the transmitter. Use a receiver matched to the 

frequency band of the transmitter.

Receiver ID code

When the R5014DPS receiver (PCM-G3 

receiver) is used, the ID code located on the back 

FREQUENCY )UHTXHQF\VHWWLQJPRGXODWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJUHFHLYHU,'FRGHVHWWLQJ

Frequency switching method

For a description of the frequency switching and 

ID setting methods, refer to the procedure given in 

the Basic Operation section.

Modulation scheme (Modulation) change

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH 02'8/$7,21LWHPDQGSXVK WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

*The modulation selection screen appears.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRVHOHFWWKHPRGHDQG

SXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ


7KHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH02'8/7<3(,6&+$1*('

SURE?" appears.

:KHQWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGDJDLQ WKH

PRGHLVFKDQJHG

*Transmission stops and a transmit or do not transmit in the 

QHZPRGHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH75$160,7"DSSHDUV

 7R VWDUW WUDQVPLVVLRQ VHOHFW ><(6@ZLWK WKH

FXUVRU OHYHUDQGSXVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ 7R

QRW WUDQVPLWVHOHFW >12@DQGSXVK WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

*When the mode is changed from the PCM-G3 mode to 

DQRWKHUPRGHDQGWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVLVLQVXI¿FLHQWGXH

to the wing type used, the mode cannot be changed.

تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

﷊قمحتخىلجيغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجمغمي﷒غميلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميقمحيحيلجمقمح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

`Fك:N4 بخيلجينجح﷊يمييميشحي﷎

4N:كF` 4N:dfb^ 44:

تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

﷊قمحتخىلجيغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجمغمي﷒غميلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميقمحيحيلجمقمح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

`Fك:N4 بخيلجينجح﷊يمييميشحي﷎

4N:كF` 4N:dfb^ 44:

of the receiver case must be entered.

*When two receivers are used with a large model, etc., enter 

the 2nd receiver ID also.

Modulation mode selection

With the T12Z, 3 modulation modes (PCM-G3/

PCM1024/PPM (FM)) can be selected. Select the 

modulation mode matched to the type of receiver 

used.

*After changing the modulation mode, switch the modulation 

mode by turning the transmitter power off and on.

Receiver ID code input

*Input the 8-digit ID number indicated on the receiver case.

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW >5(&(,9(5,'@

DQGSXVKWKHHQWHUNH\7KHUHFHLYHU,'FRGH

VHWXSVFUHHQDSSHDUV

8VH WKHFXUVRUOHYHU WRVHOHFW WKHFDQGLGDWH

FKDUDFWHURIWKHÀUVWGLJLWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

NH\6HTXHQWLDOO\VHWWKHGLJLWQXPEHU

*If you make a mistake, select [BACK SPACE] with the 

cursor lever and erase the incorrect digit by pressing the 

enter button.

$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*Once the ID code is set, re-setting is unnecessary as long as 

the receiver is not changed.

WARNING

:KHQÀ\LQJDIWHUIUHTXHQF\FKDQJHHPLWUDGLR

waves only after verifying the frequency.

*Also change the frequency clip. Emitting radio waves withRXWYHUL¿FDWLRQLVH[WUHPHO\GDQJHURXV

تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷊عجملجيغميلجيشحيقمحنجحبحيغمي﷊يحي﷒﷊لجمقمح

ffffdffd

يخشحشحسخ

f d b `^\ZXVT

J8,J0

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

PRN>ك.4RNJ

تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷊عجملجيغميلجيشحيقمحنجحبحيغمي﷊يحي﷒﷊لجمقمح

ffffdffd

يخشحشحسخ

f d b `^\ZXVT

J8,J0

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

PRN>ك.4RNJ

يخشحشحسخ تخى﷎نجح﷊شحيقمي﷊يمي﷈

ن＀D:f`dلXbنكdXك بخيلخمعجم﷎قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈لمحقمحعمينجحغمي﷌نجح﷐﷒

Xb:D＀

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغميغمينجحعميبحيلجي﷒لجمشحي﷌عميلجم

بخيغميغميغميغميغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يمي

بخيغمي﷒﷊يمي﷒غميفخمبخي﷌نجح﷐﷒قمحقمي﷊يمي﷈

بخيغميغمي﷌بحيغمييمي﷊سخىبحي﷊﷎﷊يميغمي﷌نجح﷢

R:J0BNR

4N:كF`

ffffdffd

J.*ك86

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ6HOHFW>)5(48(1&<@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS

VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 55

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

FUNCTION &KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG

When you select model and wing (swash) types, 

you will find that the optimized combinations of 

servo output channels and functions have been 

already preset. If you would like, you can freely 

change combinations of servo output channels, 

functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and input 

controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim 

switches).

*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo 

output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2 

and CH3.

1RWH,Q3&0*PRGHFRPELQDWLRQVRIWKUHH

FKDQQHOVVXFKDV&+WKURXJK&+&+WKURXJK

&+&+WKURXJK&+DQG&+WKURXJK&+

ZRUNVLPXOWDQHRXVO\)XWDEDUHFRPPHQGVWKDW\RX

XVHWKHVWDQGDUGRSWLPL]HGGHIDXOWFRPELQDWLRQV

RIFKDQQHOVDQGIXQFWLRQVLQRUGHUWRPLQLPL]H

VHUYRGHOD\ZKHQ\RXXVHPXOWLSOHVHUYRVWRFRQWURO

PRGHOVVXFKDVVZDVKPRGHKHOLFRSWHUVDQGGXDO

HOHYDWRUDLUSODQHVRUÁDSHURQDLUSODQHV

Function change

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

)81&7,21LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR

FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The function selection screen is displayed.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

IXQFWLRQQDPH\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

*The function name blinks.

 3XVK WKH HQ WH U EX W WRQ WR H[HFX WH WKH

FKDQJH :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO WKLV

RSHUDWLRQRSHUDWHDQRWKHUNH\

*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function.

Operation control change

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

&21752/LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR

FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The control selection screen is displayed.

VC1~VC4 (virtual channels)

These four channels can be set as virtual functions 

that do not have servo output channels. You can 

freely change combinations between functions 

(aileron, elevator, etc) and input controllers (sticks, 

switches, trim levers and trim switches).

Servo Output Channels

For PCMG3 mode, you can set twelve linear 

channels. For PCM1024 mode, you can set eight 

linear channels and one digital channel. For PPM 

mode, you can set only eight linear channels.

*DG1 (switch channels)

 This channel can be used as switch channels. You can freely 

change combinations between servo output channels and 

input controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim 

switches).

 8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKH FXUVRU

EOLQNLQJWRWKHLFRQRIWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQW

WRFKDQJHDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.

*The setting can be changed for each condition.

 After the set mode is changed from group mode [GROUP] 

to single mode [SINGL] at the control selection screen, only 

that condition setting is changed by control change; setting 

of other conditions remains the same.

يخشحشحسخ نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نحىلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎نمي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

﷤ بخيعجم﷎

F06*4

همـِّجيضيشيضيجييج

حيحيسي

يخشحشحسخ نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نحىلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎نمي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

﷤ بخيعجم﷎

F06*4

همـِّجيضيشيضيجييج

حيحيسي

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

0*LLJ0

J<J(R,60

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

,D06,,<J

RB<J068

@`

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

,`

لحملحملحمغميلجمبحييميلجي لحملحملحمغميلجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ ^, ^@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ b, b@

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎ d, d@

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)

ŏ6HOHFW >)81&7,21@DW WKH OLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH

&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH

6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
56 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

Trim setting

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH 75,0 LWHPRI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW WR

FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The trim setup screen is displayed.

 7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPVFDQEH VHWDW WKH WULP

VHWXSVFUHHQ

Trim selection

 8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>6(/

+:@DQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The trim setup screen is displayed.

 8VH WKH FXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKH FXUVRU

EOLQNLQJ WR WKH LFRQRI WKH WULP OHYHUHWF

\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The setting can be changed for each condition.

 After the set mode is changed from group mode [GROUP] 

to single mode [SINGL] at the trim setup screen, only 

setting of that condition is changed by control change; 

setting of other conditions remains the same.

Trim rate setting

 8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH>75,05$7(@LWHPDQGVHWWKHWULPUDWHE\

WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the trim rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

Control step amount setting

 8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>67(3@LWHPDQGVHW WKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQW

E\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the control 

step amount is reset to the initial value.)

*When the value is made large, the change per step becomes 

larger.

Trim mode selection

 8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>75,002'(@LWHPDQGVHOHFW WKH WULPPRGH

E\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

 >1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPSDUDOOHO

VKLIWWULPRSHUDWLRQ

 >$7/ @ $7/ RSH UD W LRQ PRGH 0D[ LPXP

FKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\RSHUDWLRQQRUPDOO\

XVHG ZL WK WK UR W WOH W ULP 5HYH UVH LV DOVR

SRVVLEOH >1250@>5(9@ VHOHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH

يخشحشحسخ نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نحىلجمبحييميلجينمي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷤ بخيعجم﷎ يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

N6:P

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

﷊لجي﷒يميغميلجمبحييميلجي

قمح﷊لجييحي

﷊﷌عميلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎فخمقمح﷒قمح﷊يحي

860:

^

ه f`م

,`

همخيحيحيلمسخيج

همخيحيحيلمسخيج

&كDك>J.

يخشحشحسخ نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نحىلجمبحييميلجينمي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷤ بخيعجم﷎ يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

N6:P

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

﷊لجي﷒يميغميلجمبحييميلجي

قمح﷊لجييحي

﷊﷌عميلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

قمح﷐لجمعمي﷎فخمقمح﷒قمح﷊يحي

860:

^

ه f`م

,`

همخيحيحيلمسخيج

همخيحيحيلمسخيج

&كDك>J.

DWWKH$7/5(9LWHP

 >&750@0D[LPXPFKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\

FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ

Separate/combination mode selection

 8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>6(3$&20%@LWHPDQGFKDQJH WREOLQNLQJ

E\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDODQGVHOHFWWKH

PRGHE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUNH\

 >&20%@&RPELQDWLRQPRGH7KH WULPGDWD

DUHUHÁHFWHGDWDOOWKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

 >6(3$@6HSDUDWHPRGH7ULPDGMXVWPHQW IRU

HDFKÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

Group/single mode setting

When the flight conditions are set, operation 

control and trim can be switched for each condition.

 7XUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR WKH OHIWDW WKH

FRQWURODQG WULP VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ >*5283@

GLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR>6,1*/@EOLQNLQJ3XVKWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ 7R UHWXUQ WR WKHJURXSPRGH

>*5283@WXUQWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHULJKW

7KH >6,1*/@ GLVSOD\ FKDQJHV WR >*5283@

EOLQNLQJ3XVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

 *URXSPRGH >*5283@ 7KH VHW FRQWHQWV

DUHDOVROLQNHG WR WKHFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQRWKHU

JURXSPRGHV

 6LQJOHPRGH >6,1*/@ 2QO\ WKH FRQGLWLRQ

FXUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFDQEHFKDQJHG

[Example of use]

Use when you want to switch butterfly and 

throttle stick in the glider mode, etc.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 57

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SUB-TRIM 6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)

The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo 

neutral position, and may be used to make fine 

adjustments to the control surface after linkages 

and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set 

up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to 

their center position.

Sub trim adjustment

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRDGMXVW

$GMXVWE\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, sub trim is 

reset to the initial value.)

*Before sub trim adjustment, adjustment of the linkage so that 

control surfaces need not use sub trim as much as possible is 

very important.

5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ لجمبحييميلجيلحم﷐شحييحي

fم

J<J

همخيحيحيلمسخيجـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجيلميمشيحيحيحيجي

سخغيخي

fم

0*L

سجغيخي

,D0

شهغيخي

RB<

شمغيخي

FJR0

شحغيخي

RP>

ضرغيخي

fم fم fم fم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
58 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SERVO-REVERSE 8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ

Servo Reverse changes the direction of an 

individual servo’s response to a control stick 

movement.

For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the 

section on Swash AFR before reversing any servos. 

With CCPM helicopters, always complete your 

servo reversing prior to any other programming. 

If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions 

Servo reversing procedure

*After linkage of a new model is complete, check whether or 

not each servo is connected to the correct channel.

*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels 

by moving each stick.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRUHYHUVH

 7XUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDODQG FKDQJH WKH

GLVSOD\WR>5(9(56(@RU>1250$/@

*The display blinks.

:KHQ WKH HQWHU EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG VHUYR

RSHUDWLRQLV UHYHUVHG2SHUDWHDQRWKHUNH\

WRVWRSUHYHUVDO

*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be 

reversed.

that control multiple servos, it may be confusing 

to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or a 

setting in the function needs to be reversed. See the 

instructions for each specialized function for further 

details. Always check servo direction prior to every 

ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU

model memory, hook ups, and radio function.

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)

ŏ6HOHFW >6(5925(9(56(@DW WKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

﷊يحييمي﷊سخى﷊يميلحمعميسخىيمي﷊يحي

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

860:R<

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

860:R<

860:R<

860:R<

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 59

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

FAIL SAFE 6HWV WKHVHUYRVRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHUVLJQDOVFDQQR

ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV

(The display screen is an example. The screen 

depends on the model type.)

The Failsafe function may be used to set up positions 

that the servos move to in the case of radio interference.

This function only works with G3 or PCM receivers 

(FM receivers do not have failsafe capability).

When the receiver battery voltage drops, the servo 

can be moved to a preset position. (Battery fail safe 

function) A battery fail safe function reset switch can be 

set. (Initial setting: Throttle stick maximum slow side)

You may set either of two positions for each 

channel: Hold, where the servo maintains its last 

commanded position, or Failsafe, where each servo 

moves to a predetermined position. You may choose 

either mode for each channel.

The T12Z system also provides you with an 

advanced battery monitoring function that warns 

you when the receiver battery has only a little 

power remaining. In this case, each servo is 

PRYHGWRWKHGH¿QHGIDLOVDIHSRVLWLRQ7KHEDWWHU\

IDLOVDIHPD\EHUHOHDVHGE\RSHUDWLQJDSUHGH¿QHG

Fail safe setting procedure

8VH WKHFXUVRUOHYHUDQGPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH)6LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHW

'LVSOD\>)6@E\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWR

WKHOHIW

*The display blinks.

3XVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ2SHUDWHDQRWKHUNH\

WRVWRSVHWWLQJ

*The channel switches to the F/S mode.

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH )6326 LWHPE\

PRYLQJWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRWKHULJKW

 +ROG WKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN NQRE VOLGHU

HWF LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYR

WRPRYH WRZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV

DFWLYDWHGDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The set position is displayed in percentage.

*When you want to return that channel to the hold mode, use 

the cursor lever to move the cursor to the "F/S" item and 

display [HOLD] by turning the data input dial to the right 

and then change the mode by pushing the enter button.

control on the transmitter (default is throttle), 

do not continue to fly, land as soon as possible. 

Remember, if the predefined control suddenly 

moves to a position you did not command, land at 

once and check your receiver battery.

'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG

when receiver battery voltage becomes low.

WARNING

 For safety, always set the fail safe functions.

Ɣ(VSHFLDOO\VHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW

the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and 

to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters. 

Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves 

cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.

Ɣ,IIDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\EHPLVWDNHQIRUDQ

engine malfunction and will be reset at throttle slow and the model 

ZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYHDQ\GRXEWVLPPHGLDWHO\ODQG

Battery fail safe setting procedure

 %DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

E\ WKH VDPHPHWKRGDV WKH IDLO VDIH VHWWLQJ

SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%$7)6LWHP

 >%)6@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21

 >2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))

Battery fail safe release switch setting

 7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\

IDLOVDIH IXQFWLRQ IRU WKH IXVHODJH WR UHFRYHU

DIWH U WKH EDWWH U\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ ZDV

DFWLYDWHGE\DGURS LQ WKH UHFHLYHUEDWWHU\

YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWV WKHVZLWFKZKLFK

UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>5(/($6(%$77(5<)6@LWHP

3XVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The switch selection screen is called.

*For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/

OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method] 

at the back of this manual.

ŏ6HOHFW>)$,/6$)(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

﷊﷈﷒يحيغميلجمبحي﷒﷈

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

D6<L 6HH

D6<L 6HH

يحيعميقمحلحميحيفخم﷈غمييحيفخم﷈قمحلجي﷐﷒ يحيفخم﷈

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

.كHلP .كH

D6<L 6HH

ه\Vم

@b

حيحيضيحيسرحيجي

ـِّجيحيشيشيضيصي

حيمجشي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
60 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

END POINT (ATV) 6HWVWKHWUDYHOOLPLWSRLQWDQGVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR

The End Point function adjusts the left and right 

servo throws, generates differential throws, and 

will correct improper linkage settings. 

The Travel rate can be varied from 30% to 140% 

in each direction on channels 1 to 12. Also, the 

Limit point where servo throw stops may be varied 

from 0% to 155%.

Servo travel adjustment

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH75$9(/LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR

DGMXVW

7XUQWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH

Limit point adjustment

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH /,0,7 LWHPRI WKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW WR

DGMXVW

 7XUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WRDGMXVW WKH OLPLW

SRLQW

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the limit point 

is reset to the initial value.)

5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW

NOTE: The Servo Speed setting is used to set the servo delay 

for each channel, from channel l to channel 12. The system 

uses the programmed speed (delay) to slow down servo 

position changes. The Servo Speed setting can be varied 

from 0 to 27 in each channel.

Servo speed setting

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH63(('LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR

DGMXVW

7XUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WRDGMXVW WKH VHUYR

VSHHG

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the servo 

speed is reset to the initial value.)

5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

ŏ6HOHFW>(1'32,17$79@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ لخمسخىلجي﷒لمحلجينجحبحيعميقمحغمي﷌نجح﷊

ه\`d ﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

ه\`d

f

f

f

f

جيحيحيصيحي شيعيشمعيسر سرحيغيضيجيشي سرحيغيضيجيشي شيعيشمعيسر شحضيعيشيخيشحسيشي غيخي

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

(The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.)
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 61

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

THROTTLE CUT 6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\

Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the 

HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN

at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle 

to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s 

location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults 

to NULL.

Throttle cut setting procedure

*Perform the following settings before using the cursor lever 

to move the cursor to the item to be set.

$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHPDQG

WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR WKH OHIWXQWLO WKH

EOLQNLQJFKDQJHVIURP,1+WR21RU2))

DQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHPDQG

FDOO WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQE\SUHVVLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQDQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFKDQG21

GLUHFWLRQ

(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch 

Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)

7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >&873RV@ LWHPDQG

DGMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOH

FXWRSHUDWLRQE\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO

WRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pressed, the servo operation 

position is reset to the initial value.)

*With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle; 

adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.

 However, be sure that the throttle linkage does is not pulled 

too tight and unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.

ŏ6HOHFW >7+5277/(&87@DW WKH OLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هdX يحيعميقمحغميلجيشحي﷎

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

(—ّ

=>ً(ً{>+

محم﷤﷦﷦

محم﷦

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

محم﷜﷦

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ
62 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

IDLE DOWN /RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHGDLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\

The Idle Down function lowers the engines idle 

E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH

The action is not functional at high throttle to avoid 

accidental dead sticks. The switch’s location and 

direction must be chosen, as it defaults to NULL.

Idle down setting procedure

*Perform the following settings after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHPDQG

VZLWFK WKH EOLQNLQJ IURP ,1+ WR 21 RU

2))E\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR WKH

OHIWDQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHPFDOO

WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQDQGVHOHFW WKHVZLWFKDQG21

GLUHFWLRQ

(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch 

Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)

2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHPDQG

DGMXVW WKH VHUYR RIIVHW UDWH DW LGOH GRZQ

RSHUDWLRQE\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR

WKHOHIWRUULJKW

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the offset rate 

is reset to the initial value.)

*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.

ŏ6HOHFW>,'/('2:1@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ نجحجحىعمي﷌غمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

هfكك لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ُ%ًِ

=;>ِ

عجمسخيبحيعجم

جحىعميلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 63

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SWASH 6ZDVKRSHUDWLRQOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW

VZDVKW\SH+

Neutral Point

At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates from 

a perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage 

compensation functions in this menu may not 

compensate effectively. To correct this use the 

Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral 

point of the servos to the actual perpendicular 

position. However, this adjustment changes only 

the datum point of the compensation functions in 

this menu, and does not affect the neutral position 

of other functions.

Swash AFR

Swash AFR function reduces/increases/reverses 

the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator and 

collective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing 

the motion of all servos involved in that function, 

only when using that function. 

Mixing Rate

This compensation mixing is used to correct the 

tendency of the swash-plate for each control near 

*Before making the following settings, use the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

Neutral point setting procedure

The neutral point becomes the correction 

standard point.

*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the 

50% position makes the mixing amount small.

1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>32,17@LWHPDQGKROG

WKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ VR WKDW WKH VHUYRKRUQ

LVDWD ULJKWDQJOH WR WKH OLQNDJH URGDQG

SXVK WKHHQWHUEXWWRQDQG UHDG WKHQHXWUDO

SRVLWLRQ

*The neutral point can also be displayed by bar graph.

 $IWHU UHDGLQJ WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH WKH

RWKHUFRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WRPDNH IXUWKHU

DGMXVWPHQWV

the hovering point. The following compensation 

mixing is possible; PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL 

to PIT, ELE to AIL, and ELE to PIT. It adjusts the 

swash-plate to operate correctly for each control 

near the hovering point using the corresponding 

compensation mixing.

Linkage Compensation

This compensation mixing is used to correct the 

tendency of the swash-plate for pitch control at low 

pitch and high pitch. It adjusts the swash-plate to 

move horizontally for collective pitch control using 

the corresponding compensations.

Speed Compensation

This function is used to cancel the reaction when 

the swash-plate moves in the vertical direction 

by sudden elevator changes. The delay amount of 

elevator can be programmed.

Swash AFR setting procedure

The swash AFR function makes adjustments 

so that the servos travel the specified amount 

by [AILERON], [ELEVATOR], and [PITCH] 

operation.

$GMXVWWKH$)5UDWHE\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXW

GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the AFR rate 

is reset to the initial value.)

ŏ6HOHFW >6:$6+@DW WKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHU

EXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

لجم﷒يميلجيشحي﷊نجح

هf\م هf\

سر

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

لجينجحبحيعميقمح

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح عجمسخيبحيعجم

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح جحىعميلجم

غي يخشحشحسخ

يمي﷈﷒غميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمح

هf\م

هf\م
64 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

Mixing rate setting procedure

The HR-3 is taken as an example to describe 

mixing rate setting. Mixing applied in other swash 

modes is different, but the setting procedure is the 

same.

 6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKHSUHVHW QHXWUDO

SRLQW$GMXVW WKH OHQJWKRI WKH OLQNDJH URG

VR WKDW WKH VZDVKSODWH LVKRUL]RQWDODW WKLV

SRVLWLRQ

*The sub trim function can be used t make small adjustments.

*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and pitch 

operation is maximum.

$GMXVWPHQWDWDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@

 $GMXVW WKH $,/ WR 3,7 UDWH VR WKHUH LV QR

LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ

ZKHQ WKHDLOHURQ VWLFN LVPRYHG WR WKH OHIW

DQGULJKW

*Adjust by turning the data input dial to the left or right.

*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.

 $GMXVWPHQWDW HOHYDWRU RSHUDWLRQ >(/( WR

$,/@>(/(WR3,7@

 $GMXVW WKH(/( WR$,/DQG(/( WR3,7 UDWHV VR

WKHUHLVQRLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFK

GLUHFWLRQZKHQ WKHHOHYDWRU VWLFN LVPRYHG

XSDQGGRZQ

*Adjust by turning the data input dial to the left and right.

*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually.

$GMXVWPHQWDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7

WR(/(@

 $GMXVW WKH3,7 WR$,/DQG3,7 WR (/( UDWHV VR

WKDWWKHVZDVKSODWHPRYHVWRWKHKRUL]RQWDO

SRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDVPRYHGWR

PD[LPXPVORZDQGIXOOKLJK

*Adjust by turning the data input dial to the left and right.

*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.

Linkage compensation setting procedure

*Perform linkage compensation setting after mixing rate 

setting.

*Linkage compensation compensates for interference by 

aileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation 

with the aileron at collective pitch (HR3, etc.) control for 

Low pitch and Hi pitch.

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

هdff

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لجيبحيقمح

لجيبحيقمح

لجمبحي﷒

﷊لجم﷊

هdff

هdff هdff

هdff هdff

هf \هf\

هf \هf\

لجيبحيقمح لجمبحي﷒

لجمبحي﷒

لجيبحيقمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷊لجم﷊

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

هdff

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لجيبحيقمح

لجيبحيقمح

لجمبحي﷒

﷊لجم﷊

هdff

هdff هdff

هdff هdff

هf \هf\

هf \هf\

لجيبحيقمح لجمبحي﷒

لجمبحي﷒

لجيبحيقمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷊لجم﷊

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

﷊سخي﷒جحينجحبحيلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يحينجح﷊قمحلجمعمي﷎

هf

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمحغميجحىعميلجم

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

قمحيميبحي﷌

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يحينجح﷊قمحلجمعمي﷎ ﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

هf

f

هf

هf م

م

يخشحشحسخ عجميحي﷒جحىيحي

﷊سخي﷒جحينجحبحيلجم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يحينجح﷊قمحلجمعمي﷎

هf

عجم﷎لجيبحيقمحغميجحىعميلجم

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

قمحيميبحي﷌

نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يحينجح﷊قمحلجمعمي﷎ ﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

هf

f

هf

هf م

م

& RP S H Q V D W L R Q  D W  D L O H U R Q  R S H U D W L R Q

>$,/(521@

 6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHPD[LPXPVORZSRVLWLRQ

0RYH WKHDLOHURQ VWLFN WR WKH OHIWDQG ULJKW

DQGDGMXVWWKHDLOHURQFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW

VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFK

GLUHFWLRQDWWKDWWLPHLVPLQLPXP

*Adjust the data input dial to the left and right.

*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.

*When the interference increases when the compensation 

amount was increased, make adjustments with the 

compensation direction [DIR] as "-".

 &RPSHQ VD W LRQ D W H OHYD WR U RSH UD W LRQ

>(/(9$725@

 $GMXVW WKHHOHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW

VR WKD W WKH D L OH URQ R U S L WFK G L UHF W LRQ

LQWHUIHUHQFHZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFNZDV

PRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPXP

 5HJDUGLQJ VWHSV DQG DERYHSHUIRUP

DLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQ VLPLODUO\

DWWKHIXOOKLJKVLGHRIWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDOVR

Speed compensation setting procedure

 6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW

SRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG

DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW

>63 ( (' &203 (16$ 7 ,21 @ IR U P LQ LPXP

LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ

*Adjust by turning the data input dial to the left and right.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 65

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

TIMER 7LPHUVHWWLQJDQGODSWLPHGLVSOD\

The Timer function may be set for any desired time, 

LHHQJLQHUXQWLPHVSHFL¿HGWLPHVIRUFRPSHWLWLRQV

etc. Two independent timers are provided for your use. 

The timers are stored independently with each model, 

meaning that when you switch between model setups, 

the timer associated with the new model is brought up 

automatically.

The timers may be set to start and stop from the 

motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and 

OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up 

to 59 minutes 59 seconds.

Timer setting

*Perform the following settings after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHPDQG

VHOHFW WKHPRGHE\PRYLQJ WKHGDWD LQSXW

GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >83@8SWLPHU

 >'2:1@'RZQWLPHU

7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >@>@ LWHPDQG

VHWWKHWLPHE\WXUQLQJWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWR

WKHOHIWRUULJKW

 >@>@>PLQ@>VHF@

6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH LWHPRI WKH VZLWFK

\RXZDQWWRVHWFDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ

E\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHUEXWWRQDQGVHOHFW WKH

VZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ

[For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch 

Setting Method] at the back of this manual.]

 >5(6(76:@5HVHWVZLWFK

 >67$576:@6WDUWVZLWFK

Each timer may be set for count-down or count 

up operation with a target time. Also Split Time 

may be counted. 

If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set 

time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.

Countdown timers sound one short beep during the 

last twenty seconds and two short beeps during the 

last ten seconds before reaching the target, then a long 

tone at the target time, and continue counting with 

displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers also beep 

the last twenty and ten seconds, beep the target time, 

and keep counting upwards until shut down.

 >67236:@6WRSVZLWFK

 >63/,77,0(6:@6SOLWWLPHVZLWFK

Timer operation

ŏ 7LPHUDQG7LPHUDUH VWDUWHGVWRSSHGE\

SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFK

ŏ :KHQPHDVXULQJ WKH ODS WLPHRSHUDWH WKH

SUHVHOHFWHGVSOLW WLPHVZLWFK(DFK WLPH WKLV

VZLWFKLVRSHUDWHG WKHODS WLPHLVVWRUHG7R

GLVSOD\WKHODSWLPHVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>63/,7

/,67@GLVSOD\HGRQWKHWLPHUVFUHHQDQGSXVK

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

ŏ 7R UHVHWD WLPHURSHUDWH WKHSUHVHOHFWHG

UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@

GLVSOD\ RQ WKH WLPHU VFUHHQDQGSXVK WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

﷤غمييمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

﷤

لجييحيبحيلجمغمي﷊لجمبحيلجيغميلجيبحيلجمقمحيحي N<JR0

﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم ﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم ﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم

﷘قمح﷦﷔بخي﷦﷦

﷘قمح﷞﷦بخي﷦﷦ ﷞

﷞قمح﷤﷤بخي﷦﷤ ﷘

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷦

﷖قمح﷤﷔بخي﷦﷦ ﷢

﷠قمح﷜﷤بخي﷦﷦ ﷜

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷖

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷤

﷞قمح﷢﷔بخي﷦﷦ ﷠

﷢قمح﷦﷤بخي﷦﷤ ﷚

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷔

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷢

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

﷤غمييمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

﷤

لجييحيبحيلجمغمي﷊لجمبحيلجيغميلجيبحيلجمقمحيحي N<JR0

﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم ﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم ﷊لجمبحيلجي قمح﷒لجم

﷘قمح﷦﷔بخي﷦﷦

﷘قمح﷞﷦بخي﷦﷦ ﷞

﷞قمح﷤﷤بخي﷦﷤ ﷘

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷦

﷖قمح﷤﷔بخي﷦﷦ ﷢

﷠قمح﷜﷤بخي﷦﷦ ﷜

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷖

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷤

﷞قمح﷢﷔بخي﷦﷦ ﷠

﷢قمح﷦﷤بخي﷦﷤ ﷚

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷔

قمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمحقمح ﷤﷢

يخشحشحسخ يمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

,B:J0d

بخيلجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحي

,B:J0b

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊لجمبحيلجي

﷊﷌عميلجم

جحىيحي

ff﻾ffلf

8*<<

يمحيشمعيشي

ب〔ُ\ً(

*4

8*<<

جحىيحي

جحىيحي

8*<<

8*<<

لجي﷊يحي﷊يمي

لجييمي﷒لجييحي

قمحعميلجييحي

جيحيصيصيضيشيحي

جحىيحي ﷊لجمبحيلجي لجيبحيلجمقمحيحي

0J.J,

df ﻾ff

ŏ6HOHFW>7,0(5@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS

VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ
66 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

DIAL MONITOR /'LVSOD\VWKHSRVLWLRQRIWKHGLDOVVOLGHUOHYHUVDQGGLJLWDOWULP

Digital Trim Position display (T1-T4, CD)

The Dial Monitor displays the current position 

and the operation step amount of each Digital Trim.

Calling knob and slide lever position (LS, LD, 

RD, RS)

 6LQFH WKHNQREVDQGVOLGHOHYHUVDUH WKHVR

FDOOHGDQDORJW\SHWKHLURSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQ

FDQQRWEHKHOG7KH ODVWRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ

FDQEHFDOOHGE\WKHRSHUDWLRQEHORZ

2SHUDWH WKHNQRERUVOLGHOHYHUDQGVHW WKH

FXUUHQWSRVLWLRQ( ) WR WKH ODVW RSHUDWLQJ

SRVLWLRQ ( ) 7KH ODVW RSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ LV

FDOOHG

VR and slide lever position display (LS, LD, RD, RS)

Displays the current position ( ) and last 

operating position ( ) of the VRs and slider levers. 

ŏ6HOHFW >',$/021,725@DW WKH OLQNDJHPHQXDQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ يميعميلجيبحينجحعميلجمغميلجم﷒بحي﷌

يخشحلملمنه L<

<.

NL 0L

,` ,b

,^ ,d

0.

هميخشحنهلملميج

يخشحلملمنه

هميخشحلملمنهيج

شم شحنه

شحسخ شحنه

شحنه

شم

شحنه

شم

هميخشحنهلملميج يخشحنهلملم

يخشحنهلملم

هميخشحنهلملميج

شم شحنه

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 67

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

DATA RESET 0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP

This function is designed to allow you to reset 

selected portions or all of the settings saved in 

the active model memory. You may individually 

choose to reset the following sets of data;

T1~T4, CD:

Reset the digital trim setting.

*All the conditions, or the condition currently being displayed 

(the entire group for group setting), can be selected.

Data resetting method

*Perform the following settings after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RXZDQW WR

UHVHWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ


$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV

 ([HFXWH UHVHWE\SXVKLQJ WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

DJD LQ 2SH UD WH DQR WKH U NH \ WR V WRS

UHVHWWLQJ

 >77&'$//&21',7,21@5HVHWVRQO\WKH

77&'DOOFRQGLWLRQV

 >77&'&85517*5283&21'@5HVHWV

RQO\ WKHGDWDRI77&'FRQGLWLRQVLQXVH

DQGVDPHJURXS

 >02'(/ 0(18 6(77,1* @ 5HVH WV DOO WKH

IXQFWLRQV LQ WKHPRGHOPHQX H[FHSW WKH

FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV

 >$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV

LQWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGPRGHOPHQXH[FHSW

WKH IUHTXHQF\PRGHO VHOHFW DQGPRGHO

W\SHIXQFWLRQV

Model menu setting:

Resets all the functions in the Model Menu 

except Condition Select.

All model setting:

Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions 

except for Frequency, Model Select, and Model 

Type.

ŏ6HOHFW>'$7$5(6(7@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ WKH

HQWHUEXWWRQ

يخشحشحسخ لجي﷊يحي﷊يميغمي﷒لجي﷒﷌

,dل,^مNLنR<<كN68LB,B68ن

,dل,^مNLنN*00J8,مF06*4كN68Lنل

:6LJ<ك:J8*ك.J,,B8F

R<<ك:6LJ<ك.J,,B8F

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم
68 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

COND.HOLD &RQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ

7KLV IXQFWLRQPD\EHXVHGWR¿[WKHPD[LPXP

speed of the engine so that you may adjust flight 

conditions when the engine is running. An alarm 

indicates that the function is operating. It will 

prevent the engine from racing dangerously when 

adjusting the Idle-Up settings. 

While this function is active, the throttle servo 

position is fixed at the point where you operate 

when the function is activated. You must deactivate 

this function when you are through making 

adjustments.

The system will not allow you to activate/

deactivate this function in either of the following 

states:

 :KHQDQ\RI WKH IOLJKWFRQGLWLRQ VZLWFKHV

DUHRQ

 :KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKH

SRLQW

To activate/deactivate Condition hold:

(Home screen)

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&1'+2/'@

6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW

 3XVK WKH HQ WH U EX W WRQ WR DF WLYD WH WKH

FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ

*When this function is active, "IS ACTIVE" appears at the 

bottom of the [CND HOLD] display at the left bottom of the 

screen.

(LINKAGE menu/MODEL menu)

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@

6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW

 3XVK WKH HQ WH U EX W WRQ WR DF WLYD WH WKH

FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ

*Operation is displayed at the bottom of the menu.

Function ON: "CND HOLD: ACT(ON)" is displayed.

Function OFF: "CND HOLD: INH(OFF)" is displayed.
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 69

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)

This section describes the AFR, program mixing, 

and other functions common to all model types.

Before setting the model data, use the Model 

Type function of the Linkage Menu to select the 

model type matched to the fuselage. When another 

model type is selected thereafter, the AFR, program 

mixing, and other setting data are reset.

The functions in the Model Menu can be set for 

each flight condition. When you want to use the 

system by switching the settings for each condition 

by switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition 

Select function to add flight conditions. (Up to 8 

conditions can be used)

Note: The T12Z is designed so that the airplane 

and glider (including EP glider) model types are 

compatible with aircraft of similar type wings.

This section outlines the relationship between the 

functions common to airplanes and gliders, except 

some dedicated functions, and model type.

The setting items depend on the number of servos 

and other differences according to the wing type 

used, but reread them. The setup screens in the 

instruction manual are typical examples.

(Model Menu screen example)

*The Model Menu screen depends on the model type. 

This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.

Model Menu functions (Common) list

Ɣ6(592021,725

Servo test and servo position display (For a 

description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu 

section.)

Ɣ&21',76(/(&7

Flight conditions addition, deletion, copy, 

condition renaming, and condition delay can be set. 

Ɣ$)5'5

Sets the rudder angle and curve of all the 

operation functions. A D/R curve which can be 

switched with a switch, etc. can also be added.

Ɣ352*0,;

Program mixing which can be freely customized. 

Up to 10 mixes can be used for each condition.

Ɣ)8(/0,;785(

Mixing used in needle adjustment of engines 

which use a fuel mixture control carburetor. 

[Airplane, helicopter]

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ن0كLنك0RH

.J0(6ك:68B,60

RB<كLBHHJ0J:,ل

RB<يNR:PJ0H<4

N68LB,ل.J<JN,

406Fكل:B$J.

H<R4ك.J,,B8F

RB0P0R>JيJ<J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

RB<ي0*L

RB<يP0R>JH<4

ŏ 6HOHFW WKHPRGHOPHQX LFRQDW WKH KRPH

screen and call the model menu shown 

below by pushing the enter button.

ŏ8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ

you want to set and call the setup screen by 

pushing the enter button.. 

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0*LيJ<J

NR:PJ0H<4يJ<J

RB0P0R>J

:*<,BكJ8FB8J

>>06ك4R.8

H*J<ك:B$,*0J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

>RB,ل)

F"06

0*LيRB<
70 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

&21',76(/(&7 Flight condition

s addition, deletion, copy, condition renaming, and 

condition delay can be set. [All model types]

The functions in the Model Menu can be used by 

switching the settings of up to 8 flight conditions 

E\XVLQJWKH&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKW

conditions. Add conditions, as required.

When you do not want to use the Condition 

Select function, this setting is unnecessary. In 

this case, use the flight conditions (CONDIT1 or 

NORMAL) assigned at initial setting.

ŏ6LQFHVZLWFKLQJE\VWLFNDQGOHYHUSRVLWLRQLQ

addition to ordinary toggle switch, is possible 

as the flight condition selector switch, this 

IXQFWLRQFDQEHOLQNHGZLWKRWKHURSHUDWLRQV

ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW

8QQHFHVVDU\ IXVHODJHPRWLRQ JHQHUDWHG

when there are sudden changes in the servo 

positions and when there are variations in 

the operating time between channels during 

condition switching can be suppressed. The 

delay can be set for each channel.

When setting the delay function at the 

switching destination condition, the 

related function changes after a delay 

corresponding to the set amount.

ŏ:KHQPXOWLSOH FRQGLWLRQV ZHUH VHW WKHLU

operation priority can be freely changed.

ŏ 7KHFRQGLWLRQQDPHFDQEHFKDQJHG 7KH

selected condition name is displayed on 

the screen. When a condition has been 

added, give it a name which can be easily 

FRQÀUPHG

 (Conditions List)

(Currently selected condition name)

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

LJ<R"

ŏ6HOHFW >&21',76(/(&7@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

Condition deletion

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

the condition you want to delete in the 

conditions list.

*The number before the condition name starts to blink to 

show that it is to be deleted.

2. After once operating the cursor lever to the 

OHIWRU ULJKWPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR >5(029(@

and push the enter button.


$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG

*Note that if initially operated up and down, the objective 

condition changes.

3. When the enter button is pushed again, the 

FRQGLWLRQ LVGHOHWHG 2SHUDWHDQRWKHU NH\

to stop deletion.)

Condition name change

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

the condition you want to change in the 

conditions list.

2. After once operating the cursor lever to the 

left or right, move the cursor to [RENAME] 

DQGSXVKWKHHQWHUNH\

*The condition name setup screen appears.

*Perform the settings below after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

Condition addition

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>$''@DQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

button.

*Only the No. of the conditions which can be added is 

displayed.

2. Add the condition by pushing the enter 

button again.

0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR >18//@FDOO WKH VZLWFK

setup screen by pushing the enter button, 

DQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQWREH

used in condition switching.

(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch 

Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)

*The data (except the condition name) of the condition 

currently being used is copied to the added condition.

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

b

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

LJ<R"

﷤

N68LB,b 8*<<

لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

b

يخشحشحسخ

RLL تخىلجيبحييميعميبحييميقمح

0J8R:J

N64"

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

LJ<R"

﷤

N68LB,b 8*<<
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 71

8VH WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR VHOHFW WKHGLJLW

you want to change of the condition name, 

select the candidate character with the 

cursor lever and push the enter button. 

&KDQJHWKHRWKHUGLJLWVVLPLODUO\

*A name of up to 8 characters can be entered as the condition 

name. (Space is also counted as one character.)

*[BS] erases the cursor position character and [CL] erases the 

cursor position character and all the following characters.

4. At the end of input, select [ENTER] with the 

cursor lever and push the enter button.

*When you want to stop input and return to the original state, 

select [CANCEL] and push the enter button.

5. Return to the original screen by pushing the 

UHWXUQNH\

Condition copy

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWR>&23<@

2. Push the enter button.

*The copy screen appears.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

6285&(&1'FRS\VRXUFHLWHP

*The models already saved are displayed at the right side of 

the screen.

4. After using the cursor lever to move the 

cursor to the copy source condition, push the 

HQWHUNH\

*The copy source condition is displayed at the "SOURCE 

CND." position.

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

'(67,1&1'FRS\GHVWLQDWLRQ

*The models already saved are displayed at the right side of 

the screen.

6. After using the cursor lever to move the 

cursor to the copy destination condition, 

push the enter button.

*The copy destination conditions are displayed at the 

"DESTIN.CND." position.

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

>&3<@DQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ


$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG

9. When the enter button is pushed again, 

FRS\ LVH[HFXWHG 2SHUDWHDQRWKHU NH\ WR

stop copying.)

يخشحشحسخ

ب(ًِ=>ّ

N68LB, كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيقمحلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ

ب(ًِ=>ّ

N68LB, كك

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيقمحلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

d

يخشحشحسخ لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

﷊﷎يميشحيعمييحي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

N68LB,d

N68Lل N64" ﷤

قمح﷌نجح﷎قمحنجحبحيلجييحي﷊﷌ قمح﷌نجح﷎غمي﷊﷎يميشحيعمييحي

N68LB,d N4"

يخشحشحسخ لجي﷎﷊لجم﷊يحيغميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

﷊﷎يميشحيعمييحي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

N68LB,d

N68LB,d

N68Lل N64" ﷤

قمح﷌نجح﷎قمحنجحبحيلجييحي﷊﷌ قمح﷌نجح﷎غمي﷊﷎يميشحيعمييحي

N68LB,d N4"

3ULRULW\FKDQJH

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

condition whose priority you want to change 

in the condition list.

2. After once operating the cursor lever to 

WKH OHIWRU ULJKWPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR >83@RU

>'2:1@RI >35,25,7<@DQGSXVK WKHHQWHU

button. (The last condition becomes the 

highest priority.)

*The initial setting condition cannot be shifted. The priority 

is the lowest.

Condition delay setting

8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WRPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

the condition you want to change in the 

condition list.

2. After once operating the cursor lever to the 

OHIWRU ULJKWPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR >'(/$<@DQG

push the enter button.

*The condition delay setup screen appears.

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

'(/$<LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHW

and adjust the delay amount with the data 

input dial.

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\

ŏ 7KH VHWWLQJPRGH JURXS >*5283@VLQJOH

>6,1*/@PRGHFDQEHVZLWFKHG

(For more information, see the description at the back of this 

manual.)

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤عجم﷎

﷢عجم﷎

﷠عجم﷎

﷞عجم﷎

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

F06*4

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌غميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

همخيحيحيلمسخيجـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجي يمشيحيحيحيجي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

f

f F06*4

f F06*4

f F06*4

عجم﷎

يخشحشحسخ

﷤عجم﷎

﷢عجم﷎

﷠عجم﷎

﷞عجم﷎

نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

F06*4

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌غميلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

همخيحيحيلمسخيجـِّحيضرنجـِّجيضيشيضيجي يمشيحيحيحيجي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

f

f F06*4

f F06*4

f F06*4
72 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

$)5'5 7KHUXGGHUDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW$'5FXUYH

which can be switched by switch, etc. can also be added. [All model types]

AFR function is used to adjust the throw and 

operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch 

functions (CH1 to CH12, and V1 to V4) for each 

flight condition. This is normally used after End 

Point (ATV) has defined the maximum throw 

GLUHFWLRQV (QG3RLQWDFWVRQ$//ÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ

settings). When mixing is applied from one channel 

to another channel, both channels can be adjusted 

at the same time by adjusting the operation rate 

through the AFR function.

ŏ2SHUDWLRQ FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW 6L[ W\SHV RI

FXUYHV OLQHDU (;3 (;3 975 OLQH DQG

spline) can be selected. A maximum 17 

points curve can be used for the line and 

VSOLQHFXUYH W\SHV ,QLWLDO VHWWLQJ SRLQWV

The number of points can also be increased 

and decreased and curves from complex 

curves to simple curves can be used.

ŏ2SHUDWLRQ VSHHGDGMXVWPHQW7KHRSHUDWLRQ

speed of each function when the function 

is operated (including at flight condition 

switching) can be adjusted. The function 

operates smoothly at a constant speed 

corresponding to the set speed.

(Currently selected condition name)

(Number of D/R curves set at the currently 

selected condition)

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ'5IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJ

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFK*52836,1*/(O

(For more information, see the description at the back 

of this manual.)

ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ6HOHFW>$)5'5@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شمغيخي

RB<

سيشححيمجصيجيسي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

RH0

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

RB<J068

RH0 F06*4

جيجيمججيشيضي

شحضيعيشيخيشحسيشي

مخضيشحلمجيمججيلمحيغيعيشيخيضي

بخييمي﷌

سيشححيمجصيجيسي

﷊﷌عميلجم

نجحبحي

لجيشحيعمي

f

f

ND^ <B8JR0

سرحيشحشحضيغيخي

[GRP/SNG]: Group/single mode setting 

display

ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

Function selection method

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>)81&7,21@

6HOHFW WKHGHVLUHG IXQFWLRQE\ WXUQLQJ WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDO WR WKH

left or right, push the enter button.

*The setting mode (group [GROUP]/single [SNGL] mode) can be switched (For more 

information, see the description at the back of this manual.)

[AFR/D/R]: Displays the currently 

selected rate (AFR, D/R1~6).

ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 73

'XDOUDWHVHWWLQJ

 8S WR  GXDO UDWHV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK

condition.


'5GXDOUDWHLVVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQGLVQRWUHÀHFWHG

at other conditions.

*D/R (dual rate) at the top of the D/R list has priority.

Setting example

 8VHD VZLWFK WR WXUQ ORZ UDWHVRQDQGRII

:KHQ'5LVXVHGE\XVLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQZLWK

the same switch, another rate can be set.

[Selection method]

$WWKH$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQRIWKHIXQFWLRQ

(aileron, elevator, etc.) whose rate you want 

WRFKDQJHPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >$)5

'5@ LWHPDQGGLVSOD\ WKH'5 OLVWEHORZE\

pushing the enter button.

0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >,1+@GLVSOD\RIDQ

XQXVHG '5DQG WXUQ LW RIIE\ WXUQLQJ WKH

data input dial to the left and activate the 

'5IXQFWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

:KHQWKHFXUVRULVPRYHGWRWKH>)81&7,21@

item and the data input dial is turned to the 

OHIWDQG WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ LVSUHVVHG'5 LV

assigned to the currently set function.

0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHPDQG

call the switch setup screen by pushing the 

HQWHUEXWWRQDQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFKDQG21

direction.

(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch 

Setting Method] at the end of this manual.)

[Name change]

8VHWKHFXUVRUOHYHUWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

'5QDPH\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH

enter button.

*The setup screen appears.

8VH WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO WR VHOHFW WKHGLJLW

\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHRIWKH'5QDPHVHOHFW

the character with the cursor lever, and 

SXVK WKH HQWHUEXWWRQ&KDQJH WKH RWKHU

digits similarly.

*A name of up to 8 digits can be entered. (Space is also 

counted as one character.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

B8D

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈ يميفخم﷌

Lك0كb RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0ك `RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0ك ^RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0كd RB<J068 8*<<

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

B8D

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈ يميفخم﷌

Lك0كb RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0ك `RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0ك ^RB<J068 8*<<

B8D Lك0كd RB<J068 8*<<

يخشحشحسخ

ب︨〔ِ︪

كك كdك0كL

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

ك

يخشحشحسخ

ب︨〔ِ︪

كك كdك0كL

J8,J0

يمجيضيحيجيسيخيلمسيشحعيغيضيشم

RPNLJHFDB@><

:86420.,*(&$

"＀fdb`^\ZXVT

ملم﻾هلك

ت ت

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

ك

*[BS] erases the cursor position character and [CL] erases the 

cursor position character and all the following characters.

4. At the end of input, select [ENTER] with the 

cursor lever and push the enter button.

*When you want to stop input and return to the original state, 

select [CANCEL] and push the enter button.

5. Return to the original screen by pressing the 

UHWXUQNH\
74 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

352*0,;(6 3URJUDPPL[LQJZKLFKFDQEHIUHHO\FXVWRPL]HG8SWRPL[LQJVFDQ

be used for each condition. [All model types]

Programmable mixing may be used to correct 

undesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be 

XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV

that the motion of a command channel, called the 

"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel, 

called "slave."

You may choose to have the Master's trim added to 

the Slave channel response ("Trim" setting). The mixing 

curve can be changed so that the undesired tendencies 

can be corrected effectively by setting the LINEAR1/

LINEAR2/EXP1/EXP2/VTR/LINE/SPLINE modes. 

The Delay function can be programmed for each rate. 

The Delay is used to change the rate smoothly when 

switching mixes. You may define Mixing ON/OFF 

switch, control or you may choose to have mixing 

remaining on all the time.

Offset-type mixing applies a fixed offset or preset 

to the programmed channel servo operation and 

may control up to four circuits simultaneously. The 

Programmable mixing includes a powerful link 

function, which allows Programmable mixing to be 

linked with the special mixing functions, or with other 

programmable mixing functions. The link function can 

be set up for Master and Slave channel individually.

The slave channel AFR mode (STK-STK mode) 

may be selected, where the slave channel AFR and 

D/R settings are observed when Link function is set. 

7KHNQREIRU¿QHWXQLQJFDQEHVHWXSIRUHYHU\PL[LQJ

circuit. (Fine tune function)

0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO

ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKHPL[ 1R

whose function you want to 

activate and call the setup screen 

by pushing the enter button.

*When the function is activated, the master 

and slave channel name or "OFFS.MIX" is 

displayed.

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ*52836,1*/(

(For more information, see the description at the back of 

this manual.)

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;(6@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يحي﷊تمىبحيلجمغميقمحسخيعمييميقمح

سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

B8DBPB,

قمحشحيعمييميسخي ﷊﷌عميلجم

﷤

﷢

﷠

﷞

B8DBPB,

:B$B:F F06*4

:B$B:F F06*4

B8DBPB, :B$B:F F06*4

B8DBPB, :B$B:F F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷤غمييحي﷊تمىبحيلجمغميقمحسخيعمييميقمح

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

Mixing mode change

ŏ 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKHPL[1RZKRVHPRGH\RX

ZDQWWRFKDQJHFKDQJHWKHPRGHGLVSOD\EOLQNV

by turning the data input dial and change the 

mode by pushing the enter button.

[MIXING]: Mixing from normal master CH to slave CH

[OFFSET]: Master CH not used

ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ6HWWLQJPRGHGLVSOD\
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 75

*Perform the settings below after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

Ɣ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ

1. When you want to activate functions for only 

selected conditions, move the cursor to the 

>*5283@LWHP

2. Turn the data input dial to the left until 

>6,1*/(@ VWDUWV WREOLQNDQG WKHQSXVK WKH

enter button.

*The mode changes to the single mode [SINGLE].

*When using common settings at each conditions, remain in 

the [GROUP] mode.

Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>,1+@

7XUQWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLO>$&7@

VWDUWVWREOLQNDQGWKHQSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ

*The function is activated. (ON or OFF display)

*ON/OFF switch is not set even through the function is 

activated.

Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ

 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHPFDOO

the switch setup screen by pushing the 

HQWHUEXWWRQDQGVHOHFW WKHVZLWFKDQG21

direction.

(For a description of the setting method, see [Switch Setting 

Method] at the back of this manual.)

*Always on when [NULL].

Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJH[FHSWRIIVHW

type mixing)

6HWWKHPDVWHUFKDQQHOE\PRYLQJWKHFXUVRU

WRWKH>)81&7,21+:@LWHPRI>0$67(5@DQG

select the function by turning the data input 

dial and push the enter button.

:KHQ\RXZDQW WROLQN WKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU

PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG

VHW WKHOLQNPRGH WR >@RU >@E\ WXUQLQJ WKH

data input dial.

*Check the direction by actual operation.

*Master channel control can be set to simple operating 

amount of sticks and VR which do not include ATV, AFR, 

D/R, and mixing setting. In this case, the switch setup 

screen is displayed by pushing the enter button with "H/W" 

selected by function selection. Select master channel side 

control.

Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ

6HW WKH VODYHFKDQQHOE\PRYLQJ WKHFXUVRU

WR WKH >)81&7,21+:@ LWHPRI >6/$9(@DQG

select the function by turning the data input 

dial and push the enter button.

:KHQ \RXZDQW WR OLQN WKLVPL[ZLWKRWKHU

PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG

VHW WKHOLQNPRGH WR >@RU >@E\ WXUQLQJ WKH

data input dial.

*Check the direction by actual operation.

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the 

setting method, see the 

description at the back 

of this manual.)

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

(For a description of the switch setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting method, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷤غمييحي﷊تمىبحيلجمغميلحىسخيعمييميقمح

RB<J068

﷊﷌عميلجم جحينجحبحيلجم جحىفخمعجملحىنجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

يمي﷊لجييحي﷒لجم

068J<RB ﷊سخى﷒لجميحي

6HH

6HH

6HH

6HH

لجمبحييميلجي

﷊لجي﷒يمي لجميميلجي﷎

هميخشحنهلملميج هfم 0. سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي ﷊نجحبحي﷈

﷊﷌عميلجم

ضرشيحي

ضرشيحيته

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷤غمييحي﷊تمىبحيلجمغميلحىسخيعمييميقمح

B8D

﷊﷌عميلجم نجحبحي

f لجي﷎﷒

لجيشحيعمي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي> B8JR0 f

قمحعميلجييحي لجييمي﷒لجييحي

دfلf دfلf تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌ >>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ

ŏ0DVWHU&+

ŏ6ODYH&+

ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ

ŏ6ODYH&+$)5PRGH

ŏ212))

ŏ6ODYH&+$)5PRGH
76 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ

1. When changing the trim mode, move the 

FXUVRU WR WKH >75,0@ LWHP VHOHFW 212))

by turning the data input dial and set the 

selection by pushing the enter button.

*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] and 

when mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].

*Effective when a function is set at the master channel.

Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHO$)5PRGHVHWWLQJ67.67.

0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH >67.67.@LWHPVHOHFW

the mode by turning the data input dial, 

and change the mode by pushing the enter 

button.

*When link is set at the slave side, and you want to add AFR 

(D/R) to the mixing rate, select [ON].

*This is effective when the linkage is the same, but the travels 

are substantially different.

Ɣ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.)

Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ

Operation control [CTRL], operation mode 

[MODE], and rate [RATE] adjustment is possible 

by [FINE TUNING] item.

)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH¿QHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH

the description at the back of this manual.)

Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJLQFOXGLQJRSHUDWLRQVWDUW

point setting)

Adjustment is possible with the [SPEED] item.

(For a description of the servo speed setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual. [Servo Speed Setting 

(2)]).

*Offset mixing changes the speed. Use the [Speed] In and 

Out buttons to readjust the speed.

*The mixing switch can set a delay [DELAY] with a different 

rate at starting and stopping.

*This function is inactive when a mixing switch is not set.
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 77

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

)8(/0,;785( 'HGLFDWHGPL[LQJXVHGLQQHHGOHDGMXVWPHQWRIHQJLQHVZKLFKXVHD

fuel mixture control carburetor. [Airplane, helicopter]

This function is dedicated mixing used in needle 

adjustment of an engine that uses a fuel mixture 

control carburetor.

*The needle channel is not assigned as a default.

Setting method

*Before using this function, assign the [FUEL-MIX] function 

to a vacant channel by linkage menu [FUNCTION] function.

*Perform the following settings after using the cursor lever to 

move the cursor to the item you want to set.

ŏ :KHQXVLQJWKLV IXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR

WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXW

GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ21

is displayed.)

ŏ 7KHQHHGOHFXUYHFDQEH VHW:KHQ >0,;@LV

VHOHFWHGDWWKH>0,;810,;@LWHPWKHWKURWWOH

curve setting data becomes the mixing 

PDVWHUVLGHGDWD:KHQ >810,;@LVVHOHFWHG

WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQEHFRPHVWKHPL[LQJ

master side data.

ŏ 1HHGOH WULP >+$/)@DQGQHHGOHKLJK WULP

>+,*+@FDQEHVHW

 7KHQHHGOH WULP W\SH &7501250FDQEH

selected and its operating range can be set.

 >&750 @ PRGH 0D[LPXP FKDQJH QHD U

center by center trim operation. When 

>5$1*(@ LVPDGH VPDOO WULP LVDFWLYHRQO\

near the center.

 >1250@PRGH 1RUPDO WULP SDUDOOHO VKLIW

WULP:KHQ >5$1*(@ LVPDGH VPDOO WULP LV

active only near the center.

 1HHGOHKLJKWULPZRUNVDVKLJKWULPEDVHGRQ

WKHFHQWHU:RUNVOLNH$7/WULP

ŏ $QDFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQFDQEH VHW 7KLV

function is used when there are symptoms of 

the mixture being too lean or too rich, which 

would be generated by sudden operation of 

WKHWKURWWOHVWLFN

(For a description of the acceleration function setting method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ $ QHHGOHHQJLQHFXW IXQFWLRQFDQEH VHW

+ROG SRVLWLRQ2SHUDWLRQ OLQNHG ZLWK WKH

(throttle hold function (cut and idle positions), 

throttle cut function, and idle down function 

is possible. The needle side cut position 

FDQEH VHW6HW LW WR WKH IXHO VLGH IXOOFORVHG

position.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊يميشحيلجيتمىبحيلجمغميلجم﷊شحي﷈

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

صيسيضيجيسي

طيعيشم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊يميشحيلجيتمىبحيلجمغميلجم﷊شحي﷈

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

ٍ=ً((ُ{

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

تمىبحيلجمنجحشحيفخمتمىبحيلجم

F06*4

:B$

﷊لجي﷒يمي

\ً〔(

لجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

﷊قمحتخىلجي

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

عجمسخيبحيعجم ﷈لجم﷒عجم

هdff

N,0:

8*<<

هfم

8*<<

هfم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊يميشحيلجيتمىبحيلجمغميلجم﷊شحي﷈

جحىعميلجم

=>ً(ء〔ُ%ُّّء

﷊لجي﷒يمي

︬{>+ِ︨%>ٌ

هf

عجمسخيبحيعجم

سخينجحبحيقمحنجحشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

هf

هf

ه\X ه\b

لجيشحي﷎غمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

هdX نجحجحىعمي﷌غمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

هdX

ŏ*URXSVLQJOH PRGH

VZLWFKLQJ*5283

6,1*/(

(For more information, 

see the description at the 

back of this manual.)

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ0RGHVHWWLQJ

ŏ6HOHFW>)8(/0,;785(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX

and call the setup screen shown below 

by pushing the enter button.

ŏ $ F F H O H U D W L R Q

setting

ŏ1HHGOHWULPVHWWLQJ

ŏ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ
78 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)

The dedicated mixes, etc. usable when airplane, 

glider, or EP glider model type is selected are 

displayed in this Model Menu functions section. 

First use the Model Type function of the Linkage 

Menu to preset the model type, wing type, and tail 

type matched to the fuselage used. Later setting 

resets the data set by mixing function, etc.

These dedicated mixes can be set for each 

flight condition, as required. When you want to 

use the system by switching the settings for each 

condition by switch or stick position, use the 

&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

(Up to 8 conditions can be used)

Note: The T12Z is designed so that the airplane and 

glider (including EP glider) model types can handle 

aircraft of the same wing type.

The functions common to airplanes and gliders, 

except some dedicated functions, are summarized 

without regard to the model type.

The setting items are different, depending on the 

number of servos, etc. according to the wing type 

used. The setup screens in the instruction manual 

are typical examples.

Model Menu functions list

AIL DIFFERENT.

This function adjusts the left and right ailerons. 

5ROOD[LVFRUUHFWLRQDQG¿QHWXQLQJZLWKD95DUH

also possible. This is convenient when making 

VHWWLQJVGXULQJÀLJKW

[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]

FLAP SETTING

7KHÀDSVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\)RUD

ÀDSVPRGHOWKHFDPEHUÀDSVFDQEHPL[HGZLWK

WKHEUDNHÀDSV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@

AIL to CAMBERFLP

This mix operates the camber flaps in 

the aileron mode. It improves the operation 

characteristic of the roll axis. [Airplane/glider, 2 

DLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@

AIL to BRAKEFLP

7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ

mode. It improves the operation characteristic of 

WKHUROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@

AIL to RUD

This mix is used when you want to operate the 

rudder at aileron operation. Banking at a shallow 

bank angle is possible. [Airplane/glider, general]

AIRBRAKE to ELE

This mix is used to correct operation of the 

airbrakes (spoilers) when landing. [Airplane/

glider, general]

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ن0كLنك0RH

.J0(6ك:68B,60

RB<كLBHHJ0J:,ل

RB<يNR:PJ0H<4

N68LB,ل.J<JN,

406Fكل:B$J.

H<R4ك.J,,B8F

RB0P0R>JيJ<J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

RB<ي0*L

RB<يP0R>JH<4

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

0*LيJ<J

NR:PJ0H<4يJ<J

RB0P0R>J

:*<,BكJ8FB8J

>>06ك4R.8

H*J<ك:B$,*0J

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

>RB,ل)

F"06

0*LيRB<

(Model Menu screen example)

*The Model Menu screen depends on the model type. 

This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.

ŏ 6HOHFW WKHPRGHOPHQX LFRQDW WKH KRPH

screen and call the model menu shown 

below by pushing the enter button.

ŏ8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ

you want to set and call the setup screen by 

pushing the enter button.. 
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 79

AIR BRAKE

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4 (Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron) AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2 (Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

ELEVATOR

(ELEVATOR 2)

V-TAIL AILVATOR

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap) RUDDER 2

 Winglet

RUDDER 1

RUDDER

(RUDDER 2)

 Winglet ( ) at Flying wing ( ) at Flying wing

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

(AILERON 5) (AILERON 6)

RUD to AIL

This mix is used to correct roll maneuvers, 

knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane/glider, 

general]

CAMBER Mix

This mix adjusts the camber and corrects the 

elevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]

ELE to CAMBER

This mix is used when you want to the mix camber 

ÁDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ/LIWLQJIRUFHFDQ

be increased at elevators up. [Airplane/glider, 2 

ailerons or more]

CAMBERFLP to ELE

This mix is used to correct for attitude changes when 

WKHFDPEHUÁDSVDUHEHLQJXVHG>$LUSODQHJOLGHU

DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH@

BUTTERFLY (Crow)

This function is used when powerful brake operation 

is necessary. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more]

TRIM MIX 1/2

7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÁDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHFDQ

be called by switch or condition selection. [Glider, 2 

ailerons or more]

AIRBRAKE

This function is used when airbrakes are necessary 

ZKHQODQGLQJRUZKHQGLYLQJHWFGXULQJÁLJKW

(Airplane, general)

GYRO

7KLVLVDGHGLFDWHGPL[ZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\URLV

used. [Airplane/glider, general]

V-TAIL

This function adjusts the elevators and rudder of 

9WDLOPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLOVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@

AILEVATOR

This function adjusts the elevators and ailerons of 

PRGHOVZLWKHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV>$LUSODQH

JOLGHUHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@

WINGLET

This function adjusts the left and right rudders 

of winglet models. [Airplane/glider, winglet 

VSHFLÀFDWLRQV@

MOTOR

The operation speed when the motor of F5B and 

other EP gliders is started by switch can be set. [EP 

glider, general]

RUD to ELE

This function is used to correct roll maneuvers, knife 

edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane, general]

SNAP ROLL

This function selects the snap roll switch and adjusts 

WKHVWHHULQJDQJOHRIHDFKUXGGHU6HUYRVSHHGFDQ

also be adjusted. [Airplane general]

MULTI ENGINE

This function adjusts the throttles independently 

when using a multi engine model. (Maximum 4 

engines) [Airplane, general]
80 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

AIL DIFFERENT. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]

The left and right aileron differential can be 

adjusted independently. The differential rate can 

also be adjusted according to the flying state by 

VHWWLQJD¿QHWXQLQJ95

ŏ$ÀQHWXQLQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

Note: Aileron up/down setting (%) reset is +100% 

when reset when setting is +, and -100% when reset 

ZKHQVHWWLQJLV/HIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJFDXVHVDQG

WRFKDQJH%HIRUHÁ\LQJFRQÀUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRI

operation.

ŏ &DOOV WKH $)5 VFUHHQ

directly when adjusting 

DLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ$)5

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

*The graph is operated by 

VHWWLQJD95HWF

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

ŏ $LOHURQ OHIWULJKW

adjustment

<Wing type: 4 ailerons screen>

*The display screen is an example. The actual screen 

depends on the Model Type.

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

*The display is reversed 

by mixing with aileron 

operation

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ$,/aOHIWRU

right) setting item, and adjust the aileron angles 

when the stick is moved to the left (or right) end.

*The aileron AFR screen can be directly called from the AIL 

Differential setup screen. ([Master] )

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95PRYHWKHFXUVRU

WRWKH18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUERWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHÀQH

WXQLQJ95

ŏ7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجمقمحلجينجح﷊يمي﷊﷈﷈بحي﷌غميلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

حيشحعيشي

سيشحعيشحسيشي

لجملجمشحينجح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم قمحلجينجح﷊يمي﷊﷈﷈بحي﷌غميلجمبحي﷒

هdff نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

﷢نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

﷠نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

﷞نجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

هdff

غيسيعيجي شيشيحيسر

8*<< :R.,J0

يمشيحيحيحيجي

ـِّحيضرمخشيضيجي

خيحيحيسخ

شيغيسيعيجي

F06*4

صيسيضيجيسي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >$,/',))(5(17@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 81

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

FLAP SETTING >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH

7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV

)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3 FDQ EH DGMXVWHG

independently at each servo according to the wing 

type.

ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH

offset

The camber flaps of a 4-flap model can be 

PL[HGZLWKWKHEUDNHÀDSV%UDNH)/3WRFDPEHU

FLP)

ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW

:LQJW\SHÀDSVVFUHHQ!

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHÁDS)/3a8SRU'RZQ

item according to the wing type and adjust the 

travel independently.

ŏ7RRIIVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFK

ÁDSPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJ

2IIVHWLWHP8VHWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRRIIVHWWKH

reference point.

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ

PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQG

turn the data input dial to the left and push 

the enter button. 21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ 2 S H U D W L R Q

reference point 

offset

ŏ 8 S  V L G H  ' R Z Q

side adjustment

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحيغميقمح﷒لجم﷈

قمحلجم﷈

هdffم

4*06F هdffم

+ء%َ︨〔ُْ\ءّ

﷢قمحلجم﷈

هfم

هdffم

هdffم

هfم

قمحشحي

نجحجحىعمي﷌

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحيغميقمح﷒لجم﷈

﷠قمحلجم﷈

هdffم

4*06F هdffم

+ء%َُ︨﹬ء〔ْ

﷞قمحلجم﷈

هfم

هdffم

هdffم

هfم

قمحشحي

نجحجحىعمي﷌

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

 :KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKmove the cursor to the

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحيغميقمح﷒لجم﷈

هdffم

4*06F هdffم

+ء%َّ︬〉%+َْ︬

هfم

قمحشحي

نجحجحىعمي﷌

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

&$0%(5)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ

%5$.()/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ

%)/3WR&)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ

ŏ6HOHFW>)/$36(77,1*@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX

and call the setup screen shown below 

by pushing the enter button.
82 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

AIL to CAMBERFLP >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHO W\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQV IODSVRU

more

This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2) 

in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick 

is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps 

perform aileron operation simultaneously and 

the operation characteristic of the roll axis is 

improved.

ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR

FDQEHÀQHWXQHG

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW

ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR

ŏ  / H I W  U L J K W  R Y H U D O O

DGMXVWPHQWDW 5DWH$

DQG5DWH%

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWLWHPRIHDFK

ÁDSVHUYRDQGDGMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH

data input dial.

*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, 

adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate 

polarity (+ or -).

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

 (For a description of the mixing curve setting 

method, see the description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHPDQG

VHWLWWR21

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم قمحلجم﷈يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

لجمسخينجحبحييحي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم قمحلجم﷈يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخلجمبحي﷒

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

جحينجحبحيلجم

لجي﷈﷊لجم

هfم

B8D

خيحيحيسخنجـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي

هfم

هfم هfم

قمحلجم﷈

﷢غميقمحلجم﷈

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR&$0%(5)/3@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 83

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

AIL to BRAKEFLP >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH

7KLVPL[ RSHUDWHVWKH EUDNH IODSV )/3

in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick 

is manipulated, the aileron and brake flaps 

perform the aileron operation simultaneously 

and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is 

improved.

ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJUDWHVFDQEH

DGMXVWHGIRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVWLFN$OZD\V21DW,1+VHWWLQJ

ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

Ɣ6HWWLQJPHWKRG

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWEXWWRQRIHDFK

ÁDSVHUYRDQGDGMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH

data input dial.

*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, 

adjustments can be made by reversing the mixing rate 

polarity (+ or -).

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

 (For a description of the curve setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHPDQG

VHWLWWR21

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم قمحلجم﷈﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐مجخلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

لجمسخينجحبحييحي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم قمحلجم﷈﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐مجخلجمبحي﷒

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

جحينجحبحيلجم

لجي﷈﷊لجم

هfم

B8D

خيحيحيسخنجـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي

هfم

هfم هfم

﷠غميقمحلجم﷈

﷞غميقمحلجم﷈

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR

ŏ  / H I W  U L J K W  R Y H U D O O

DGMXVWPHQWDW 5DWH$

DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >$,/ WR%5$.()/3@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.
84 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

RUDDER 2 RUDDER RUDDER

V-TAIL

RUDDER 2

Winglet

RUDDER 1

Winglet ( ) at Flying wing at Flying wing ( )

AIL 3 AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) (Chip Aileron)

AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 2 (Main Aileron)

AIL to RUD >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders 

with aileron operation. 

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

7XQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

The adjustment rate and direction can be set. The 

95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

 (For a description of the curve setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

[Fine tuning VR operation mode]

0L[LQJ UD WH  D W FHQ WH U R I 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH

and counterclockwise, the mixing 

rate increases and decreases, 

respectively.

0L[LQJ UDWH  DW OHIW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW

or right of the neutral position, the 

mixing rate increases.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

لجمسخينجحبحييحي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجمبحي﷒

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

8*<<

خيحيحيسخنجـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

هf

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

حيشيضيجي سرضيجيشيشحضيخي

م

حيجيضيشم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ  / H I W  U L J K W  R Y H U D O O

DGMXVWPHQWDW 5DWH$

DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR58'@DWWKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

*The display screen is 

an example. The actual 

screen depends on the 

model type.

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 85

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

AIRBRAKE

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

AIRBRAKE to ELE >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

This mix is used when you want to mix the 

elevators with airbrake (spoiler) operation. It 

raises the elevators to correct for dropping of the 

nose during airbrake operation.

*This function does not operate when airbrake is not assigned 

at the Function menu in the Linkage Menu.

ŏ7KH5DWHVLGH5DWHVLGHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH

elevator servos can be adjusted.

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

هf*<< 8

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

حيشيضيجي سرضيجيشيشحضيخي

م

حيجيضيشم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷊لجم﷊مجخ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

هfم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷢﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷤﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷌شحييمي

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH

switching

(For more information, 

refer to the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >$,5%5$.( WR(/(@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH

ŏ $GMXVWPHQW RI

each elevator 

servo

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.
86 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

(For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

WXQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

The adjustment rate and direction can be set.The 

95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW

 )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

method, see the description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

(For a description of the curve setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

[Fine tuning VR operation mode]

0L[LQJ UD WH  D W FHQ WH U R I 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH

and counterclockwise, the mixing 

rate increases and decreases, 

respectively.

0L[LQJ UDWH  DW OHIW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW

or right of the neutral position, the 

mixing rate increases.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 87

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

RUDDER 2 RUDDER RUDDER

V-TAIL

RUDDER 2

Winglet

RUDDER 1

Winglet ( ) at Flying wing at Flying wing ( )

AIL 3 AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) (Chip Aileron)

AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 2 (Main Aileron)

RUD to AIL >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

This function is used when you want to mix 

the ailerons with rudder operation. It is used 

when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers, 

knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. It can be used to 

bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full 

size plane.

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>18//@VHWWLQJ

ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHE\VHWWLQJD95

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn

the data input dial to the left and push the 

HQWHUEXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

WXQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

The adjustment rate and adjustment direction 

can be set,.

7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW

 )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

method, see the description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

 (For a description of the curve setting method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHPDQG

VHWLWWR21

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجمبحي﷒مجخ﷌شحييمي

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجمبحي﷒مجخ﷌شحييمي

جحينجحبحيلجم B8D

هf*<< 8

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

حيشيضيجي سرضيجيشيشحضيخي

م

حيجيضيشم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ  / H I W  U L J K W  R Y H U D O O

DGMXVWPHQWDW 5DWH$

DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR$,/@DWWKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

*The display screen is 

an example. The actual 

screen depends on the 

model type.

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH

[Fine tuning VR operation mode]

0L[LQJ UD WH  D W FHQ WH U R I 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH

and counterclockwise, the mixing 

rate increases and decreases, 

respectively.

0L[LQJ UDWH  DW OHIW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW

or right of the neutral position, the 

mixing rate increases.
88 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

CAMBER MIX >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function adjusts the AFR (D/R) rate 

of camber operation which operates the wing 

camber (ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in 

the negative and positive directions. The aileron, 

flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted 

independently by curve, and attitude changes 

caused by camber operation can be corrected.

*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.

ŏ7KHXSGRZQVLGHUDWHVRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQG

HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\FXUYH:KHQ

the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, 

adjustments can be made by changing the 

mixing rate polarity (+ or -).

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW

VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ

be set.

ŏ7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRV

FDQEHVHW,1VLGH287VLGH

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\

cut switch

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\

setting

ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO

(For a description of the setting method, refer to 

the AFR function.)

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

ŏ$LOHURQUDWH

adjustment

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغمييمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌قمح﷌نجحعمي﷎

F04

8*<<

f

>>*8 جحىيحيغميلجيشحي﷎

NR:PJ0كRH0

RB<J068

H<R4

J<J(R,60

حيشيضيجيلمجيشحضيلمحيغيجيسيخي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميمي﷈﷒لمحيمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

جيشيضي

حيسرسيشحعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخملجمبحي﷒لمحيمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

حيشيضيجي شحمخشهسخنه شحمخشهسخنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخملجمبحي﷒لمحيمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي هfم لجمبحي﷒

لجيشحيعمي نجحبحي

f f

﷢لجمبحي﷒

﷠لجمبحي﷒

﷞لجمبحي﷒

هfم

هfم هfم

هfم هfم

هfم هfم

﷢﷊لجي﷒يمي ﷤﷊لجي﷒يمي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ 6HOHFW >&$0%(50,;@DW WKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.

&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJVFUHHQ
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 89

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

(For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDFRQGLWLRQGHOD\PRYHWKHFXUVRU

WRWKH&RQGLWLRQ'HOD\LWHPDQGVHWWKHGHOD\ZLWK

the data input dial.

ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VFUHHQFDOO

 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH&DPEHU$)5LWHPDQG

push the enter button to call the setup screen. 

(For a description of the setup method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.)

&XUYHUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ

ŏ7KHFXUYHDQGUDWHDUHDGMXVWHGE\FDOOLQJWKH

DLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUFXUYHUDWHVFUHHQV

The rate and curve of each servo can be set by 

calling each screen. (For a description of the 

curve setting method, see the description at the 

back of this manual.)

The servo speed can also be adjusted.
90 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

ELE to CAMBER >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function is used when you want to mix the 

FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG

WKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\XSHOHYDWRUDQGOLIWFDQ

be increased.

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95

(Ailerons and flaps rate 

adjustment screen)

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

WXQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

The adjustment rate and adjustment direction can 

be set.

 7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQDOVREHVHW

 (For a description of the curve setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخ﷊لجم﷊

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

يخشحشحسخ يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخ﷊لجم﷊

هfم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷠لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷤غمي﷊لجي﷒يمي

﷢غمي﷊لجي﷒يمي

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخ﷊لجم﷊

هfم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷠قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷤غمي﷊لجي﷒يمي

﷢غمي﷊لجي﷒يمي

هfم

﷞قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷢قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎مجخ﷊لجم﷊

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

هf*<< 8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

سخينجحبحيلجيلجي﷊يحي

>>*8 لجميميلجي﷎

م ﷊لجي﷒يمي

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH

switching

(For more information, 

refer to the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >(/( WR&$0%(5@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the 

curve setting method, 

see the description at the 

back of this manual.

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 91

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

CAMBERFLP to ELE >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU

DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH

This mixing is used to correct changes (elevator 

GLUHFWLRQJHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHFDPEHUÀDSVVSHHG

ÀDSVDUHXVHG

ŏ7KHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVXSVLGHGRZQVLGHUDWHFDQEH

DGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG

by the linkage, adjustments can be made by 

changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or –).

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95

ŏ ( O H Y D W R U  U D W H

adjustment

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVOHIWDQG

right item and adjust the mixing rate with the data 

input dial.

*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, 

adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate 

polarity (+ or –).

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

WXQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

 7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQEHVHOHFWHG

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

 (For a description of the curve setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخقمحلجم﷈يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخقمحلجم﷈يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

هf*<< 8

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

حيشيضيجي سرضيجيشيشحضيخي

م

حيجيضيشم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷊لجم﷊مجخقمحلجم﷈يمي﷊﷐لجم﷒﷎

هfم

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

﷢﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

﷤﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷊لجم﷊

﷌شحييمي

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>&$0%(5)/3WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

* T h e d i s p l a y s c r e e n i s a n 

example. The actual screen 

depends on the model type.

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH

switching

(For more information, 

refer to the description at 

the back of this manual.)
92 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

BUTTERFLY >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

This function allows powerful brake operation 

by simultaneously raising the left and right 

ailerons and lowering the flaps (camber flap, 

EUDNHÀDS

This setting will allow the ailerons to be raised 

while the flaps are simultaneously lowered. 

%XWWHUÀ\&URZSURGXFHVDQH[WUHPHO\HI¿FLHQW

landing configuration by accomplishing the 

IROORZLQJ

6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\

2. Provide washout at the wing tips to reduce 

the tendency to tip stall.

&UHDWHPRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKHFHQWHURI WKH

ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHEXWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEH

RIIVHW:KHQWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLVSXVKHGZLWK

WKH2IIVHWLWHPVHOHFWHGZKHQRSHUDWHGWRWKH

position to be changed, the reference point is 

RIIVHW,IWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVRIIVHWWRRPXFK

unexpected operation may be performed.

ŏ7KHDLOHURQVDQGÁDSVRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEH

DGMXVWHG,1VLGH287VLGH

ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW

VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ

also be set.

ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

*When servo binding occurs when setting the ailerons and 

ÀDSVLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJXVHWKH$)5IXQFWLRQWRDGMXVWWKH

rudder angle.

ŏ:KHQRIIVHWWLQJ WKHEXWWHUIO\RSHUDWLRQ UHIHUHQFHSRLQW

operate to the point you want to change and then press 

the enter button.

ŏ'LIIHUHQWLDOUDWH

adjustment

ŏ7RHOHYDWRUFRUUHFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQ

ŏ&DOOVWKH%XWWHUÁ\$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQ

(For a description of the setting method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ $LOHURQDQG IODS VHUYRV VSHHG

setting

(For a description of the setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ

and cut switch setting

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ6HOHFW WKH 0L[LQJ

5DWH $,/ DQG )/3

box and adjust the 

mixing rates.

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQ VHWWLQJD VZLWFK VHOHFW

WKH 6:,7&+ >18//@ ER[ DQG

press the enter button to call 

WKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21

direction.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخىلجم﷈يمي﷊لجيلجيشحي﷐

﷠لجمبحي﷒

هfم

﷠قمحلجم﷈

هfم

لجمبحي﷒

هfم

قمحلجم﷈

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

هfم

﷢قمحلجم﷈

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

هfم

﷞قمحلجم﷈

هfم

P*,,J0H<"كRH0 J<Jك.J,,B8F

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخىلجم﷈يمي﷊لجيلجيشحي﷐

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

F04

8*<<

ه\d

لجيشحيعمي نجحبحي ﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

لجمبحي﷒

قمحلجم﷈

f

f

f

f

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخىلجم﷈يمي﷊لجيلجيشحي﷐

﷊لجي﷒يميغميلجم﷒بحيلجينجح﷊يمي﷊﷈﷈بحي﷌

مك يميبحي﷌

>>*8 هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي

f

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌غمينجحعميبحيلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

جحىيحيلحملجيشحي﷎

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR

WKH >$&7,1+@LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWDLQSXW

dial to the left and push the enter button. 

21LVGLVSOD\HG
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 93

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخىلجم﷈يمي﷊لجيلجيشحي﷐

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

شيحيحيشيشيضي

يخشحسخ

(Elevator correction rate setup screen)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تخىلجم﷈يمي﷊لجيلجيشحي﷐

هfم

هfم

ٍ=ً((ُ{ُ︨%ُ

﷊لجم﷊

﷢﷊لجم﷊

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

﷤﷊لجي﷒يمي

هfم

هfم

﷢﷊لجي﷒يمي

f

نجحبحي

f

لجيشحيعمي

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\

5DWH$DQG5DWH%

ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH

adjustment

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.
94 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

TRIM MIX 1/2 >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

These functions call the ailerons, elevators, and 

ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNHÀDSVWULPRIIVHW UDWHV

SUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWH

The amount of ailerons, elevator, and flaps 

FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDSWULPRIIVHWFDQEHVHWWR

a switch.

As an example Trim Mix 1 can be set up for 

ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURSSHG

and a slight amount of up elevator. Trim mix 

2 can be used for high speed flying, with both 

DLOHURQVDQGVSHHGÀDSVUHÀH[HGVOLJKWO\DQGDELW

of down elevator. 

The trim functions can be activated during 

ÀLJKWE\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK7RSUHYHQWVXGGHQWULP

FKDQJHVZKHQVZLWFKLQJÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\

can be set to provide a smooth transition between 

the two. Trim Mix 2 will have priority over Trim 

Mix 1.

ŏ:KHQDÀQHWXQLQJ95LVVHWRQWKHQH[WSDJHWKHDLOHURQVÁDSV

and elevators trim rates can be adjusted.

 Move the cursor to the corresponding setting item and adjust 

the rate with the data input dial.

ŏ 7KH DLOHURQV IODSV

a n d e l e v a t o r s 

offset rate can be 

adjusted.

 Move the cursor to 

the corresponding 

s e t t i n g i t e m a n d 

adjust the rate with 

the data input dial.

Example

0RYH WR WKH$&7,1+ LWHPDQG VHW WKH WULPPL[

IXQFWLRQWR>21@

*When separating the settings for each condition, touch the 

group mode button and set it to [Single].

6HOHFWWKH212))VZLWFK

6HOHFWWKH>0DQXDO@RU>$XWR@PRGH

 ,Q WKH >$XWR@PRGHDOVRVHOHFWDQDXWR6:7KLV

switch can be linked to a stick, etc.

6SHHG!

 ,Q7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGDWVZLWFK21FDQEHVHW

 2XW7KHUHWXUQVSHHGDWVZLWFK2))FDQEHVHW

)LQH7XQLQJ!

 The offset rate can be varied in the Fine Tuning 

QXPHULF UDQJH VHWDW VFUHHQ >@E\ 95HWF

selection.

&RQGLWLRQ'HOD\!

 :KHQÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDUHVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG

FDQEH VHW IRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\

operation can be interrupted and each rudder 

quickly returned to its original position by selecting a 

cut switch.

يخشحشحسخ ﷤غميتمىبحيلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷤غميتمىبحيلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

هfم

﷊لجم﷊

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢﷊لجم﷊

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷤غميتمىبحيلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >75,00,;RU @DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 95

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU

WR WKH >$&7,1+@LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD

input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

( F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e t h e 

description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQXVLQJD ILQH WXQLQJ 95PRYH

the cursor to this item and push the 

HQWHU EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH 6ZLWFK!

screen.

ŏ &RQG L W LRQ GH OD \ VH W W LQJ  IR U D

description of the setting method, 

see the description at the back of 

this manual) and cut switch setting.

ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR

speed setting

(For a description of the setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ

0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK

Auto: Trim mix function call can be linked to a stick, 

etc. A stick switch, etc. separate from the function 

212))VZLWFKLVVHW

يخشحشحسخ

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

f

B8D

لجمبحي﷒ قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷊﷌عميلجم

لجيشحيعمي نجحبحي ﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

قمحلجم﷈

﷊لجم﷊

F06*4

8*<<

:R8*R<

f

f f

f f

﷤غميتمىبحيلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي

يخشحشحسخ

لجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

8*<<

نجحعميبحيلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

f

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

8*<<

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

جحىيحيلحملجيشحي﷎

﷤غميتمىبحيلجمغميلجمبحييميلجي
96 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

AIRBRAKE >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function is used when an air brake is 

necessary when landing or diving, etc.

The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, 

brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a 

switch.

The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and 

flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the 

VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ

be adjusted. (IN side/OUT side) A delay can be set 

for each condition, and a Cut switch which will 

turn OFF the delay can be chosen. Trim amounts 

FDQEH ILQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95<RXFDQDOVR

set the Auto Mode, which will link Airbrake to a 

stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or 

dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch.

6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV

:KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG

2IIVHWUDWH

 $,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@

1RWH7KHLQSXWQXPHULFVDUHH[DPSOHV$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOWR

match the aircraft.

Mode setting:

 $&7>21@

 *URXS>6LQJOH@

 6ZLWFK>6:&@

 Mode: [Manual]

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞لجمبحي﷒

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

هfم لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

﷠قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷞قمحلجم﷈

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

لجي﷊يحي﷈﷈عمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم

هfم

﷊لجم﷊

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

هfم

هfم

﷢﷊لجم﷊

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

ŏ:KHQD ILQH WXQLQJ95LVVHWRQ WKHQH[WSDJH WKHDLOHURQV


ÁDSV
DQGHOHYDWRUV
WULPUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

 Move the cursor to the corresponding setting item and adjust 

the rate with the data input dial.

ŏ 7KH DLOHURQV IODSV

a n d e l e v a t o r s 

offset rate can be 

adjusted.

 Move the cursor to 

the corresponding 

s e t t i n g i t e m a n d 

adjust the rate with 

the data input dial.

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

*The display screen is an example. The actual 

screen depends on the model type.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 97

AIL 3

(Chip Aileron)

AIL 4

(Chip Aileron)

AIL1

(Main Aileron)

AIL 2

(Main Aileron)

FLP 2

(Camber Flap)

FLP 1

(Camber Flap)

FLP 3

(Brake Flap)

FLP 4

(Brake Flap)

ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR 2

V-TAIL

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

AILVATOR

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

f

B8D

لجمبحي﷒ قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷊﷌عميلجم

لجيشحيعمي نجحبحي ﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

قمحلجم﷈

﷊لجم﷊

F06*4

8*<<

:R8*R<

f

f f

f f

يخشحشحسخ ﷊جحي﷒يمي﷐يميبحي﷒

لجمعمييميلجينجحعمي﷎

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

8*<<

نجحعميبحيلجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎

f

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

8*<<

تخى﷒لجم﷊﷌

جحىيحيلحملجيشحي﷎

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU

WR WKH >$&7,1+@LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD

input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

( F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e t h e 

description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQXVLQJD ILQH WXQLQJ 95PRYH

the cursor to this setting item and 

press the enter button to call the 

6ZLWFK!VFUHHQ

ŏ &RQG L W LRQ GH OD \ VH W W LQJ  IR U D

description of the setting method, 

see the description at the back of 

this manual) and cut switch setting.

ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR

speed setting

(For a description of the setting method, see 

the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ

0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK

Auto: Trim mix function call can be linked to a stick, 

etc. A stick switch, etc. separate from the function 

212))VZLWFKLVVHW
98 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

GYRO >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO

7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\UR

is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The 

VHQVLWLYLW\DQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH1RUPDOPRGH*<

mode) can be switched with a switch.

ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEH

switched.

ŏ8SWRD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEH

simultaneously controlled.

*Initial setting does not assign a sensitivity channel. Use the 

Function menu of the Linkage Menu to assign the sensitivity 

FKDQQHO *\UR*\UR*\UR XVHGWR D YDFDQW FKDQQHO

beforehand.

 Set [Control] and [Trim] other than Function to [NULL].

ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQPRGH$9&6125DQGVHQVLWLYLW\RI

the 3 axes Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3 can be set.

ŏ * URXS  V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, see the 

description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEHXVHG

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWXUQWKH

data input dial to the left and push the enter button.

ŏ:KHQD)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHGZKHQ >*<@ W\SHLVVHOHFWHG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6DQG1250PRGHV

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR WKH6:,7&+LWHPDQGSUHVV

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFK

DQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, see the description at 

the end of this manual.)

(Example) Setting 3 axes using a GYA351 and GYA352 (2 axes gyro)

ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG

ŏ6HW*\UR*<$&+*\UR*<$&+*\UR*<$&+DWWKH

)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX

ŏ 5DWH>2))@>*<@>6:(@>*53@>1250@>@>1250@>@>1250@>@

 5DWH>,1+@>*<@>18//@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@

 5DWH>2))@>*<@>6((@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@

*When separating the conditions, set to [SNGL].


6HWVRWKDW5DWHLVWXUQHGRQDWWKHEDFNSRVLWLRQRIVZLWFK(DQG5DWHLVWXUQHG21DWWKH

front position.

Since switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم عمييميتخىسخي

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

"F ﷊قمحتخىلجي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

04F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عمييميتخىسخي R(N. fه

عمييميتخىسخي﷢ R(N. fه

عمييميتخىسخي﷠ R(N. fه

﷊لجي﷒يمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

0R,J dشهسج

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >*<52@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 99

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

ELEVATOR

(RUDDER 2)

RUDDER

(ELEVATOR 2)

V-TAIL

V-TAIL >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9

WDLO

This function let’s you adjust for left and right 

rudder angle changes at elevator and rudder 

RSHUDWLRQRID9WDLODLUSODQH

9WDLOLV ZKHQ  VHUYRV DUH XVHGWRJHWKHUWR

control rudder movement as elevators. In addition 

to each rudder side moving up and down together, 

each side moves in opposite directions when moving 

DVHOHYDWRUV2QD9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD

Ruddervator, as they can serve the same purpose.

5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ

 / H I W  D Q G  U L J K W  W U D Y H O

DGMXVWPHQWDW&+DQG&+

rudder operation

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)

(Elevator function)

 8SDQGGRZQ WUDYHODGMXVWPHQWDW

&+DQG&+HOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجمبحي﷒لجيلحمسخى

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

نحىلحملحملحميمي﷊﷌﷌شحييميلحملحملحمنمي نحىلحملحميميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊لحملحمنمي نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي لجي﷈﷊لجم قمحشحي نجحجحىعمي﷌

لخم﷢شحييميلمحغمي﷊لجم﷊

لخم﷢﷊لجم﷊لمحغمي﷌شحييمي

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

هf\م

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ 6HOHFW >97$,/@ DW WKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
100 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

(AILERON 5) (AILERON 6)

AILEVATOR >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9

7DLO

 (Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)

This function improves the operating performance of 

the roll axis by operating the elevators as ailerons.

Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard 

(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, like 

ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side 

moving up and down together, each side moves in 

opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On 

D9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD5XGGHUYDWRUDVWKH\

can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevator 

and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll 

performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.

1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO

7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN

the Function menu.

(Aileron function)

ŏ:KHQ WKHHOHYDWRUVDUHXVHG

as ailerons, aileron travel of 

the left and right elevators 

can be adjusted.

(Elevator function)

ŏ 7KHXSDQGGRZQ UDWHRI WKH OHIW

and right elevators when the 

elevator stick is manipulated can 

be individually adjusted.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجمبحي﷒

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

نحىلحملحملحمنجحعمييمي﷊لجمبحي﷒لحملحمنمي نحىلحملحميميعميلجي﷒سخى﷊لجم﷊لحملحمنمي نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي لجي﷈﷊لجم قمحشحي نجحجحىعمي﷌

لخم﷜لجمبحي﷒لمحغمي﷊لجم﷊

لخم﷚لجمبحي﷒لمح﷢﷊لجم﷊

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ 6H OHF W >$,/(9$725 @ D W WKH

model menu and call the setup 

screen shown below by pushing 

the enter button.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 101

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

RUDDER 1

Winglet ( ) at Flying wing

RUDDER 2

Winglet ( ) at Flying wing

WINGLET >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW

This function adjusts the left and right rudder 

angles of airplanes with winglets.

Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of 

aircraft lowering the lift-induced drag caused by 

wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled 

extension at the tips of each wing.

 Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect 

ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural 

stress and hence necessary weight of its structure 

- an extension of wing span would also permit 

lowering of induced drag, though it would cause 

parasitic drag and would require boosting the 

strength of the wing and hence its weight - there 

would come a point at which no overall useful 

saving would be made. A winglet helps to solve this 

by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without 

adding to the span of the wing.

5XGGHU

ŏ7KHWUDYHODWUXGGHUVWLFNOHIWDQGULJKWRSHUDWLRQFDQ

be individually set.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجي﷊لجمسخينجحبحيجحى

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

نحىلحملحملحميمي﷊﷌﷌شحييميلحملحملحمنمي نجحعميبحيلجي﷎نجحشحي﷈

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي لجي﷈﷊لجم

يمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

﷢غمييمي﷊﷌﷌شحييمي

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

هdffم

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >:,1*/(7@DW WKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
102 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MOTOR >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@(3JOLGHUJHQHUDO

This function lets you set the operation speed 

when the motor of a F5B or other EP glider is 

started by switch. The operation speed can be set 

in 2 ranges of slow speed flight and high speed 

ÀLJKW6SHHG6SHHG7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQDOVREH

operated as a safety function by setting 2 switches.

ŏ7KH,QVLGHDQG2XWVLGHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGVFDQ

EHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG

6SHHG

ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW

)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG

ŏ7KHVHWRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRSHUDWLRQFDQEH

activated at initial operation only. (1 time 

RSHUDWLRQ+RZHYHURSHUDWLRQFDQEHUHSHDWHG

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUE\

VHWVZLWFKRU95

E\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHRSHUDWLRQLV

ÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWLPHRSHUDWLRQ

VHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQGWKHQUHVHWLWWR

>21@

ŏ7KHPRWRU&+LVFRQWUROOHGE\6:*,QLWLDO

VHWWLQJ:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKRUVWLFNZKLFK

FRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRIWKH

/LQNDJH0HQX

Note: When using this function, always check initial 

operation with the propeller removed.

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR

WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWXUQWKHGDWDLQSXW

dial to the left and push the enter button.

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKH2QHWLPHPRGH

PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG

turn the data input dial to the left and push 

the enter button.

ŏ6SHHGWR

 7KH6SHHGDQG6SHHGUHJLRQERXQGDU\

can be changed,

ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW

 7KHVSHHGZKHQ6SHHGDQG6SHHGDUH

21,QDQG2))2XWFDQEHDGMXVWHG

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQPRYH WKH

FXUVRUWRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWXUQ

the data input dial to the left and 

push the enter button.

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

 (For more information, see the 

description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ6ZLWFK

 A switch that turns the function itself 

212))FDQEHVHOHFWHG

ŏ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQ

 3UHVV WKHHQWHUEXWWRQZKHQ >6:*@

LV LQ WKH PRWR U 2)) SRVLWLRQ 7KH

direction of the motor switch is 

memorized. The screen graph display 

2))GLUHFWLRQDOVRFKDQJHV

Notes

ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))SRLQWDQGWKHQVHW

WKHVSHHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWKHPRWRU

2))SRLQWDOVRUHVHWWKHVSHHG

ŏ:HUHFRPPHQGWKDW0RWRU2))EHVHWLQ

FRPELQDWLRQZLWK)6

ŏ6HWWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH

5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQWRPDWFKWKHDPSXVHG

ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQ

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعميلجيعميلجم

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

F04

8*<<

﷤﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

fم ﷈﷈عميغمييميعميلجيعميلجم

﷢﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

شحضي

شيشيضي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعميلجيعميلجم

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

﷊لجمبحيلجيغمي﷊نجحعمي

﷢نحىلحم﷤﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

B8D

fم

﷤﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

﷢﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

شحضي

شيشيضي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

f

f

f

f

لجيشحيعمي نجحبحي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >02725@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 103

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

RUD to ELE >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function is used when you want to mix 

elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used 

to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is 

applied in roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of stunt 

planes.

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW18//VHWWLQJ

ŏ/LQNFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[LQJWRRWKHUPL[LQJV

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95

(Fine tuning)

Setting method

ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH$&7,1+LWHPDQGturn the 

data input dial to the left and push the enter 

EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

EXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQ

VHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V

21DW18//VHWWLQJ

 (For a description of the switch selection method, 

see the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJD95PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)LQH

7XQLQJ18//LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWR

FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH95

7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHDQGDGMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQFDQ

be set.

 7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW

 )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

method, see the description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJ/LQNPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHP

DQGVHWLWWR21

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخ﷌شحييمي

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شحنه

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنه

B8D

صيسيضيجيسي

لجملجمشحينجح

غيخيشيعيعيحي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخ﷌شحييمي

جحينجحبحيلجم B8D

هf*<< 8

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

حيشيضيجي سرضيجيشيشحضيخي

م

حيجيضيشم

لخممحم﷦لججغميغميلمح

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ  / H I W  U L J K W  R Y H U D O O

DGMXVWPHQWDW 5DWH$

DQG5DWH%

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHO

menu and call the setup screen 

shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ * URXS V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, refer to 

the description at the back of 

this manual.)

*The display screen is 

an example. The actual 

screen depends on the 

model type.

ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWGLUHFWLRQ

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH

[Fine tuning VR operation mode]

0L[LQJ UD WH  D W FHQ WH U R I 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH

and counterclockwise, the mixing 

rate increases and decreases, 

respectively.

0L[LQJ UDWH  DW OHIW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WKHPL[LQJ

rate increases.

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW

or right of the neutral position, the 

mixing rate increases.
104 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SNAP ROLL >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function selects the switch and rate 

adjustment of each rudder, (ailerons, elevators, or 

ÀDSVZKHQDVQDSUROOLVSHUIRUPHG

ŏ)RXUVQDSUROOGLUHFWLRQVFDQEHVHW5LJKWXS

right/down, left/up, left/down)

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG

WKH6QDS5ROOIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHG212))E\PDVWHU

switch in the state in which the direction switch 

was switched to the direction in which you want 

WRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHGVQDS

roll in each direction can be executed by means 

of independent switches.

ŏ$VDIHW\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUH

the switch can be set so that snap roll is not 

executed when, for instance, the landing 

gear is lowered, even if the switch is turned on 

accidentally. The snap roll switch is activated only 

ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV21

ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG

ÁDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUHDFKVQDSUROO

GLUHFWLRQ,QVLGH2XWVLGH

(Example) Setting example for F3A

ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@

ŏ6DIHW\6:>6:*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH

ŏ 0D V WH U 6: >6: + @ 0D LQ VZ L WFK IR U

executing snap roll)

ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV

*The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right 

direction switches are selected here.

5LJKW8S2))>6:'@

5LJKW'RZQ2))>6:'@

/HIW8S2))>6:$@

/HIW'RZQ2))>6:$@

ŏ6SHHGDGMXVWPHQW

 The operation speed of each control 

VXUIDFHZKHQ WKH VQDS VZLWFK LV21FDQ

be changed and snap roll executed by 

stick while there is switch operation can be 

performed.

ŏ * URXS  V LQJ OH PRGH

switching

(For more information, see the 

description at the back of this 

manual.)

ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQWRI

each rudder

ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIWKHVHUYRVSHHGRIHDFKUXGGHU

(For a description of the setting method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجملجمعمييميغميقمح﷒نجحيحي

لجمبحي﷒

هdffم

هdffم

هdffل

هdffل

هdffم

هdffل

هdffم

هdffل

هdffم

هdffل

هdffل

هdffم

﷌شحييمي ﷊لجم﷊ ﷊لجي﷒يمي

قمحشحيفخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

قمحشحيفخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجملجمعمييميغميقمح﷒نجحيحي

8*<<

﷊﷌عميلجم

جحىيحيلحميمي﷊لجييحي﷒لجم

جحىيحيلحمتخىلجي﷊﷈﷒يحي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

8*<<

F06*4

:R.,J0

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجملجمعمييميغميقمح﷒نجحيحي

8*<<

قمحشحيفخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

قمحشحيفخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒

ََ>

ََ>

ََ>

ََ>

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لجملجمعمييميغميقمح﷒نجحيحي

قمحشحيفخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخملجيعجمسخيبحييمي

قمحشحيفخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

نجحجحىعمي﷌فخمغميلجي﷈﷊لجم

f

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

سهنجلمسرعيضيلمنجكم

شيسيضي شحعي

سهنجلمحيسرحيلمنجكم

شيسيضي شحعي

سهنجلمجيسيجيلمنجكم

شيسيضي شحعي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >61$352//@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 105

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MULTI ENGINE >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO

This function lets you adjust the throttle when 

using a multi engine airplane with up to 4 engines. 

The Throttle Cut function, Idle Down function, 

Throttle Hold function, High Trim, and Idle Trim 

can be adjusted by throttle channel (THR, THR2, 

7+57+5

*Initial setting assigns only one throttle channel (THR). 

When using this function, the number of throttle channels 

must be assigned beforehand at the Function menu of the 

Linkage Menu.

ŏ7KHWKURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQFDQEHVHWIRUHDFK

throttle channel. Throttle cut operation is linked to 

WKHVZLWFKVHWZLWKWKH7KURWWOH&XWIXQFWLRQRIWKH

/LQNDJH0HQX

*The throttle cut position set at this screen is effective. *The number of engines (1~4) assigned 

by Function menu in the Linkage Menu 

setup screen is displayed.

ŏ7KHLGOHGRZQRIIVHWUDWHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFK

WKURWWOHFKDQQHO,GOHGRZQRSHUDWLRQLVOLQNHGWR

WKHVZLWFKVHWZLWKWKH,GOH'RZQIXQFWLRQRIWKH

/LQNDJH0HQX

*The idle down offset rate set at this screen is effective.

ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHÀ[HGDWWKHHQJLQHVSHHG

(carburetor opening angle) for each throttle 

FKDQQHOZLWKWKH+ROG3RVLWLRQIXQFWLRQ7KHKROG

position can be changed.

ŏ+LJKVLGHWULPDQGLGOHWULPFDQEHVHWIRUHDFK

FKDQQHO2SHUDWLRQDFWVDVKLJKWULPRULGOHWULP

based on the center.

ŏ 7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQ VHWWLQJ IRU

each engine)

ŏ,GOHGRZQRIIVHW UDWH VHWWLQJ IRU

each engine)

ŏ7KURWWOHKROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

ŏ+LJK7ULPVHWWLQJIRUHDFKHQJLQH

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊نجحبحيسخينجح﷊غميبحيلجيلجمشحيلجم

لجي﷎﷒

لجيشحي﷎لحميميعجملجي

لجيشحي﷎لحميميعجملجي

نجحجحىعمي﷌لحملجم﷌بحي

لجي﷎﷒

قمحيحيعميقمح

لجي﷎﷒

B8D

يميعجملجي

B8D

B8D

هdX

B8D

﷢يميعجملجي

B8D

B8D

هdX

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊نجحبحيسخينجح﷊غميبحيلجيلجمشحيلجم

نجحجحىعمي﷌لحملجم﷌بحي

﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

﷌لجمعميعجملحميميعجملجي

لجميميلجيغميعجمسخيبحيعجم

﷌لجمعميعجم

قمحيحيعميقمح

لجميميلجي﷎

هdX

يميعجملجي

B8D

8*<<

هdX

هdX ﷊لجي﷒يمي

﷢يميعجملجي

B8D

8*<<

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊نجحبحيسخينجح﷊غميبحيلجيلجمشحيلجم

لجميميلجيغميعجمسخيبحيعجم

لجميميلجي﷎ لجميميلجيغمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

م

يميعجملجي

هf

8*<<

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

م

﷢يميعجملجي

هf

8*<<

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊نجحبحيسخينجح﷊غميبحيلجيلجمشحيلجم

لجميميلجيغمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

م

يميعجملجي

هf

F04

﷊لجي﷒يمي

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

م

﷢يميعجملجي

هf

F04

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >08/7, (1*,1(@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

ŏ,GOH7ULPVHWWLQJIRUHDFKHQJLQH

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, see the description 

at the back of this manual.)
106 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)

This section contains information on the 

commands that apply to helicopters only. For 

instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer 

to the sections pertaining to those aircraft. Each 

of these functions can be set independently for 

GLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV7RJHWWRWKHVHVHWWLQJV

move the cursor to the desired function and push 

the enter button to be entered. 

Use the Model Type function in the Linkage 

Menu to select the swash type matched to the 

fuselage beforehand. If you later change model 

types, all settings will be lost.

Also, add flight conditions at the Condition 

Select screen before setting the model data at each 

function. (Up to 8 conditions can be used)

The AFR function, fuel mixture and other 

functions common to all model types, are described 

in a separate section.

Model Menu functions (helicopter) list

PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

THR CURVE: Throttle curve and hovering trim adjustment

ACCELERATION: Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden throttle and pitch commands

THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation

SWASH MIX: Compensates for each control response

THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied

PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHFXUYHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

PIT to RUD: Handles torque changes from pitch angle inputs

FUEL MIXTURE: Commands a second servo to adjust the fuel mixture at the carburetor

GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity

GOVERNOR: Used to switch RPM of the helicopter’s head

To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:

1.Move the cursor to [COND. HOLD].

2.Set the throttle stick lower than 

the 1/3 point and push the enter 

button to activate/deactivate the 

condition hold function.

*See p. 68 for condition hold function details.

*Condition hold operation is displayed.

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

ن0كLنك0RH

.J0(6ك:68B,60

4B,كN*0(J

RNNJ<J0R,B68

N68LB,ل.J<JN,

406Fكل:B$J.

,D0كN*0(J

,D06,,<Jك:B$

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

.&R.Dك:B$

,D0كD6<L

HH6 لخم لمح عجمنجحبحي بخي﷌لجمعميعجمغمي﷌نجح﷎

شحينجح﷊لجمغميلجم﷊﷌عميلجم

.&R.Dك:B$

RNNJ<J0R,B68

4B,ي:JJL<J

H*J<ك:B$,*0J

,D0كD6<L

,D06,,<Jك:B$

4B,ي0*L

N68LلD6<L

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

F6(J0860

Z"06

HH6 لخم لمح عجمنجحبحي بخي﷌لجمعميعجمغمي﷌نجح﷎

ŏ 6HOHFW WKHPRGHOPHQX LFRQDW WKH KRPH

VFUHHQ DQG FDOO WKHPRGHOPHQX VKRZQ

below by pushing the enter button.

ŏ8VH WKHFXUVRU OHYHU WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ

you want to set and call the setup screen by 

pushing the enter button.. 
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 107

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM

PIT Curve

This function adjusts the pitch operation curve 

IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQIRUWKHRSWLPDOÀLJKWVWDWH

relative to movement of the throttle stick.

*The pitch curve can be freely selected from linear operation 

curve to smooth curve, and adjusted to match the curve you 

want by means of the T12Z’s powerful Curve Edit Function 

(6 types of curves can be selected). Up to 17 points can be 

set for linear or curve types. However, when using the 3 

SRLQWVRUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWRFUHDWHDFXUYHDVLPSOHDQG

smooth curve can be created by selecting the curve type 

and reducing the number of input points to 3 or 5, and then 

HQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HGYDOXHDWWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSRLQWVWKDW

you created a curve.

ŏ /LQH W\SH LV SRLQWVEXW IRU

VLPSOH XVH a SRLQWV DUH

VXIÀFLHQW

Normal curve adjustment

ŏ)RUQRUPDOFXUYHXVXDOO\XVH>/LQH@W\SHDQG

create a basic pitch curve centered about 

KRYHULQJ8VHWKLVIXQFWLRQWRJHWKHUZLWKWKH

7+5&XUYH1RUPDOIXQFWLRQDQGDGMXVWWKH

curve so that up/down control is best at a 

constant engine speed.

Idle up curve adjustment

ŏ )R U WKH KLJK VLGH SLWFK FX UYH VHW WKH

PD[LPXPSLWFKZKLFKGRHVRYHUORDG WKH

HQJLQH)RUWKHORZVLGHSLWFKFXUYHFUHDWH

FXUYHV PDWFKHG WR ORRS UROO ' DQG

other purposes and use the idle up curves 

DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH

1RWH:KHQWKHFXUYHW\SHLVFKDQJHGWKHGDWD

is reset.

Throttle hold curve adjustment

ŏ 7KH WK UR W WOH KROG FX UYH LV XVHG ZKHQ

H[HFXWLQJDXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV

Operation precautions

WARNING

When actually starting the engine and 

IO\LQJ DOZD\V VHW WKH LGOH XS FRQGLWLRQ

VZLWFK WR >2))@DQGVWDUW WKHHQJLQHLQ WKH

idling state.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غميلجيبحيقمح

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحشحنج حيشيضيجي شحمخشحشحنج حيضيصي

صيسيضيجيسي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غميلجيبحيقمح

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي> B8JR0

نجحبحي

f

لجيشحيعمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

f

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

ŏ  * U R X S  V L Q J O H

PRGHVZLWFKLQJ

(For more information, 

refer to the description 

a t t h e b a c k o f t h i s 

manual.)

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

ŏ 3 L WF K VH U YR VSHHG

setting

(For a description of the setting 

method, see the description at 

the back of this manual.)
108 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve Hold Curve

Ɣ3LWFK&XUYH([DPSOH

ŏ*URXS6LJOHLWHP:KHQ\RXDOVRZDQWWRLQSXW

WKHVDPHVHWWLQJFRQWHQWVDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV

SHUIRUPVHWWLQJLQWKHJURXSPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ

,QWKLVFDVHWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDUHLQSXWWRWKH

RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQWKHJURXSPRGH:KHQ\RX

ZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQLQGHSHQGHQWO\VHOHFW

WKHVLQJOHPRGH2WKHUFRQGLWLRQVFDQEHVHW

independently.

Setting method

ŏ7KHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEHVHW

ŏ:KHQLQFUHDVLQJWKHQXPEHURISRLQWVPRYHWKH

FXUVRUWR326,7,21LWHPDQGURWDWHWKHGDWDLQSXW

GDLDOWRPRYHWRWKHSRLQWZKHUH\RXZDQWWR

enter a point and push the enter button. The point 

is created.

The screens shown below are curves created by 

entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high side 

3 points or 5 points at each condition. They were 

created by reducing the number of points to the 

3 points of low side, center, and high side. When 

DFWXDOO\FUHDWLQJDFXUYHLQSXWWKHUDWHVSHFL¿HGDW

the fuselage (or the reference value).

*For a description of the curve setting method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

Curve setting examples

(Continued on next page)

Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)

The hovering pitch, low pitch, and high pitch trim setup screen can be called from the PIT Curve setup 

screen.

ŏ+RYHULQJSLWFK

WULPVHWWLQJ

ŏ/RZ+LJKSLWFK

WULP

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غميلجيبحيقمح

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

ٌّ(ً+︨;>%

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

لجميميلجي﷎

F04

8*<<

﷊لجي﷒يمي

مك

هf

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

ٌّ(ً+ًٌٌٍ︨

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

لجميميلجي﷎

F04

8*<<

﷊لجي﷒يمي

مك

هf

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غميلجيبحيقمح

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

〔ُ?>ٌ

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

لجميميلجي﷎

F04 N,0:

هdff*<< 8

﷊لجي﷒يمي

مك

هf`

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 109

Hovering pitch trim

The Hovering Pitch function trims the pitch near 

the hovering point. Normally, it is used with the 

KRYHULQJFRQGLWLRQ7KHKRYHULQJSLWFKFDQEH¿QH

tuned for changes in rotor speed accompanying 

FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW

conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that 

rotor speed is constant. This function can be used 

together with the Hovering Throttle Trim function 

for more delicate operation.

Setting method

ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ RQO\ WKH KRYH ULQJ QR UPDO

FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK WKHJURXSEXWWRQ WR WKH

VLQJOHPRGHEHIRUHVHWWLQJ

ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@

ŏ 6HOHF W WKH DGMXV WPHQ W NQRE 6HOHF WLRQ

H[DPSOH/'

ŏ7KH WULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH0RGH&750

1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG

CTRM mode:0D[LPXPDPRXQWRIFKDQJH

QHDUFHQWHUE\FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ

NORM mode:  1 R U P D O  W U L P   S D U D O O H O

PRYHPHQW WULPRSHUDWLRQ 7KHDGYDQWDJH

RIXVLQJ WKLVPRGHLV WKDW WKHKRYHULQJSLWFK

FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH

curve.

ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ

 :KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\

be used near the center.

ŏ 7KH W ULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH

operation direction can be changed.

High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim

High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim is the pitch servo 

high side and low side trim function.

Setting method

ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREVFRPPRQ

WRDOO WKHFRQGLWLRQV VHW WKHP LQ WKHJURXS

PRGH

ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&721

ŏ 6HOHFW WKH DGMXVWPHQW NQREV 6HOHFWLRQ

H[DPSOH/6KLJKVLGH56ORZVLGH

ŏ 7KH W ULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH

operation direction can be changed.

ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH

center as the standard.
110 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM

THR Curve

This function adjusts the throttle operation curve 

for each condition for optimum the engine speed to 

throttle stick movement.

 A throttle curve from linear operation curve to 

smooth curve can be set. Adjustment to the curve 

you want to use is possible by using the 12Z's 

powerful Curve Edit Function. Up to 17 curve 

points can be set, however, when the 5 points and 

other point data is used, a smooth curve can be 

easily created by reducing the number of input 

SRLQWVRIWKHFXUYHWRDQGHQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HG

value at the corresponding points.

Normal curve adjustment

ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFFXUYH

FHQWHUHGDURXQGKRYHULQJ8VHLWDORQJ

ZLWKWKHQRUPDOSLWFKFXUYHDQGDGMXVWVR

that up/down control at a constant engine 

speed is easiest.

Idle up curve adjustment

ŏ6HWDLGOHXSFXUYHWKDWPDLQWDLQVDFRQVWDQW

VSHHGDWDOOWLPHVHYHQZKHQRSHUDWLRQ

ZKLFKUHGXFHVWKHSLWFKZDVSHUIRUPHGLQ

ÁLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO

'RURWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGWKHLGOHXSFXUYH

DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH

Operation precautions

WARNING

When actually starting the engine and 

IO\LQJ DOZD\V VHW WKH LGOH XS FRQGLWLRQ

VZLWFK WR >2))@DQGVWDUW WKHHQJLQHLQ WKH

LGOLQJPRGH

Setting method

ŏ*URXSVLQJOHLWHP:KHQ\RXZDQWWR

VLPXOWDQHRXVO\HQWHUWKHVDPHVHWWLQJVWRRWKHU

IXQFWLRQVPDNHWKHVHWWLQJVLQWKHJURXSPRGH

,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ,QWKLVFDVHWKHVDPHVHWWLQJ

contents are entered to the other conditions in 

WKHJURXSPRGH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFK

FRQGLWLRQLQGHSHQGHQWO\PDNHWKHVHWWLQJVDIWHU

VHOHFWLQJWKHVLQJOHPRGH

ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGFDQEHVHW

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غمييميعجملجي

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحشحنج حيشيضيجي شحمخشحشحنج حيضيصي

صيسيضيجيسي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >7+5&859(@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غمييميعجملجي

4*06F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي> B8JR0

نجحبحي

f

لجيشحيعمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

f
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 111

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve

Ɣ7KURWWOH&XUYH([DPSOH

The curves shown below were created by using 

the Line mode and inputting the data of the 5 points 

0% (low side), 25%, 50% (center), 75%, 100% 

(high) side at each condition. They were created by 

reducing the number points of the line to 5. When 

actually creating a curve, enter the data specified 

per the aircraft (or the reference value).

*For a description of the curve creation method, see the 

description at the back of this manual.

Curve setting examples

Throttle Hover trim

The Throttle Hover trim setup screen can be called from the THR Curve setup screen.

The Throttle Hover function trims the throttle 

near the hovering point. Normally, use it with 

hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed 

accompanying changes in the temperature, 

humidity, and other flight conditions can be 

trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is 

most stable. More delicate trimming is also possible 

by using this function along with the Hover Pitch 

function.

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKHKRYHULQJQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQRQO\

VZLWFKWKHJURXSPRGHWRWKHVLQJOHPRGHDQG

PDNHWKHVHWWLQJV

ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@

ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5'

ŏ7KHWULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH0RGH&7501250

can be selected.

CTRM mode:0D[LPXPUDWHRIFKDQJHQHDU

FHQWHUE\FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ

NORM mode: 1RUPDOWULPKRUL]RQWDOPRYHPHQW

WULPRSHUDWLRQ7KHDGYDQWDJHRIXVLQJWKLVPRGH

LVWKDWKRYHULQJWKURWWOHFDQEHDGMXVWHGZLWKRXW

changing the curve.

ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ

 :KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPDFWVRQO\QHDU

the center.

ŏ7KHWULPUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDQGWKHRSHUDWLRQ

direction can be set.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊سخىيميشحي﷎غمييميعجملجي

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

〔ُ?>ٌ

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

لجميميلجي﷎

F04 N,0:

هdff*<< 8

﷊لجي﷒يمي

مك

هf`

لخممحم﷦لججغميلمح

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊سخينجح﷒يمي

ŏ6HWVWKHGLDOXVHG
112 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

ACCELERATION

This function is used to adjust the pitch and 

the throttle rise characteristic at acceleration/

deceleration operation. An acceleration function 

which temporarily increases the pitch and throttle 

operations at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration 

operation can be set.

Example of acceleration function use

ŏ:KHQ XVHG DW SLWFK WKH $FFHOH UDWLRQ

function is effective when you want to 

quicken the response of the fuselage at 3D 

ÁLJKWÁLSHWF

 :KHQXVHGKLJKSLWFKWHPSRUDULO\H[FHHGV

PD[LPXPSLWFKEXWLPPHGLDWHO\ UHWXUQVWR

PD[LPXPSLWFK

ŏ3LWFKVHWWLQJ

ŏ7KURWWOHVHWWLQJ

Setting method

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHWDWERWKVHWWLQJDW

DFFHOHUDWLRQKLJKDQGVHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ

ORZ

 7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVGLVSOD\HGRQDJUDSK

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH

ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJFDQEH

set.

ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWDWDFFHOHUDWLRQDQG

deceleration can be set. When an operation point 

LVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG

Note: When using the Acceleration funtion, 

since the pitch stroke is large, make your 

settings so there is no binding of your linkage.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يمي﷊لجم﷊﷎﷎﷒

ٌّ(ً+

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

B8D

F04

هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي

سخينجحبحيقمحلجمشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

عجمسخيبحيعجم جحىعميلجم

هf

هf

ه\X ه\b

يخشحشحسخ

يخشح

سر

غي

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم نجحعميبحيلجي﷒يمي﷊لجم﷊﷎﷎﷒

ُ%((>〔ٌ(

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

B8D

F04

هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي

سخينجحبحيقمحلجمشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

نجح﷊قمحعمي ﷊يحيعميلجم﷎

هf

هf

ه\X ه\b

يخشحشحسخ

يخشح

سر

غي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >$&&(/(5$7,21@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQG

call the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 113

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

THR HOLD

This function sets the throttle cut position for 

auto rotation. The throttle position can also be 

set to an idling position separate from the throttle 

cut position. Setting of these 2 positions can be 

selected by switch. This allows use for switching 

during training.

Example of use

ŏ6LQFH7KURWWOH+ROGKDVPRGHV&XWDQG

,GOH XVLQJ LW LQ WKH ,GOLQJPRGHGXULQJ

W UD LQ LQJ DQG LQ WKH &X W PRGH ZKHQ

VWRSSLQJ WKH HQJLQH DW PHHWV HWF LV

convenient.

1RWH:KHQWKURWWOHKROGLVVHWWR21LQWKHQRUPDO

FRQGLWLRQWKURWWOHKROGDFWVDQGWKHWKURWWOHVHUYR

LVGHDFWLYDWHG$OZD\VVHWWKURWWOHKROGWR21LQWKH

hold condition.

ŏ6HWWRWKHHQJLQH

stop position.

ŏ6HOHFW WKH6: WREH

used.

ŏ6HW WR WKH LGOLQJ

position.

Setting method

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ

Manual mode(MANL): The throttle hold function is 

operated by switch operation only.

Auto mode(AUTO): The throttle hold function 

operation is linked to the throttle stick position.

Auto position setting::KHQWKH$XWRPRGHZDV

VHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQDXWRSRVLWLRQFDQ

be selected. Move the throttle stick to the position 

\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ$XWR

SRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW

Throttle Hold (Cut) sets the throttle cut position. 

$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVIXOOFORVH

Throttle Hold (Idle):0DNHWKLVDGMXVWPHQWWR

PDLQWDLQLGOLQJIRUWUDLQLQJ$GMXVWPHQWVFDQEH

PDGHEDVHGRQWKHWKURWWOHFXUYHLGOHSRVLWLRQ

ŏ7KHWKURWWOHVHUYRRSHUDWLQJVSHHGFDQEH

DGMXVWHG6SHHG

ŏ7KURWWOHFXWRUWUDLQLQJIXQFWLRQFDQEHVZLWFKHG

by hold function selector switch.

Operation precautions

WARNING

:KHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH FRQILUP WKDW

the idle up condition and throttle hold 

FRQGLWLRQDUH>2))@

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌لجمعميعجمغمييميعجملجي

ُِ>\︨(—ّ

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

>:R: ﷊﷌عميلجم

هdX

يخشحشحسخ

يحيعميقمحغمي﷌لجمعميعجم يخشح

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

F04

8*<<

f

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌لجمعميعجمغمييميعجملجي

ُِ>\ُ︨%ًِ

﷒عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎ B8D

>:R: ﷊﷌عميلجم

هfم يحي﷈﷈عميغمي﷊لجم﷌بحي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

﷌﷊﷊قمحيحي

F04

8*<<

f

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.
114 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

SWASH MIX

The swash mix function is used to correct the 

swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and 

elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each 

operation of each condition.

Adjustment by independent curve for aileron, 

elevator, and pitch operations is possible. The 

operation can be smoothly adjusted by calling up 

the “Curve setup” screen by pressing the enter 

button with moving the cursor to the mixing item 

that corresponds to the mixing and direction which 

needs correction.

Example of use

ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW

undesirable tendencies in the roll direction

ŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLV

function to ON. When raising the nose at a 

ULJKW UROOZKHQWKH5DWH%VLGHLVLQSXWDQG

WKH ULJKWDLOHURQ LVRSHUDWHG WKHHOHYDWRU

PRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ

WKH5DWH)RUULJKWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWH$

side.

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH >$&7@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO

to the left and push the enter button. (ON or 

2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU

FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH*URXS:KHQ

\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\VHOHFW

WKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH

ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW

 :KHQ>18//@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV

RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ

 :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH

FXUVRUWRWKH>18//@LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

button to call the <Switch> screen and set the 

switch and its ON position.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغميعجميحي﷒جحىيحي

RB<يJ<J

قمحشحيعمييميسخي لجمبحييميلجي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<JيRB<

4B,يRB<

4B,يJ<J

B8D

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

6HH

6HH

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷊مجخلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

شمعيجيشي

شيشيضي

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ6HOHFW >6:$6+0,;@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 115

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

THROTTLE MIX

This function corrects slowing of engine 

speed caused by swash plate operation at aileron 

or elevator operation. The method of applying 

clockwise or counterclockwise torque when 

pirouetting can also be corrected.

An acceleration function which temporarily 

increases the throttle side correction rate relative to 

rapid stick operation can also be set.

When correction is necessary, move the cursor to 

Setting example

ŏ$,/WR7+5DSSOLHVDORDGWRWKHHQJLQHDQG

corrects sinking of the engine speed when 

WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN ZDV RSHUDWHG (QJLQH

UDFLQJFDQEHDGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\DW

WKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQE\5DWHV$

DQG%

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@

LWHPDQGWXUQWKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVK

WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ21RU2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV

VHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGHO*URXS

 :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\VHOHFW

WKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH

ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW

 :KHQ>18//@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLVRSHUDWHGE\

PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ

 :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH

>18//@LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQWRFDOOWKH6ZLWFK!

screen and set the switch and its ON position.

the mixing item corresponding to the mixing that 

needs correction and push the enter button to call 

the curve setup screen, and then correct the sinking.

<Acceleration function setting>

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEH VHW IRUERWK

VH W W LQJ V  /H I W  DQG  5 LJK W  D W

PD[LPXPFRUUHFWLRQUDWH

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH

ŏ 7KH UH WX UQ W LPH 'XPS  D I WH U

operation can be set.

ŏ 7KH RSH UD WLRQ SRLQ W ZKHQ WKH

c o r r e c t i o n r a t e i s i n c r e a s e d 

a n d d e c r e a s e d c a n b e s e t 

independently. When an operation 

SRLQW LV H[FHHGHG DFFHOHUDWLRQ

RSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم تمىبحيلجمغمي﷊لجملجيلجيعمييميعجملجي

RB<ي,D0

قمحشحيعمييميسخي عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجي﷎﷒ سخينجحبحيتمىبحيلجم

J<Jي,D0

0*Lي,D0

B8D

B8D

B8D

8*<<

8*<<

8*<<

F06*4

F06*4

F06*4

(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/(0,;@DW WKHPRGHO

PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ

below by pushing the enter button.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعجملجيمجخلجمبحي﷒

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شيعيصيعيغيشحعي

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

سرسرسيشح

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعجملجيمجخلجمبحي﷒

هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي

سخينجحبحيقمحلجمشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

لجيعجمسخيبحييمي لجي﷈﷊لجم

هf

هf

هf\م هf\ل

=>ً(ء〔ُ%ُّّء
116 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

PIT to NEEDLE mixing

This mixing is used when the engine is equipped 

with needle control or other fuel-air mixture 

adjustment. A needle curve can be set.

An acceleration function which temporarily 

increases needle operation at throttle stick 

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH >$&7@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO

to the left and push the enter button. (ON or 

2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQW WRVHW WKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU

FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGHO*URXS

 :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\

VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW

ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW

 :KHQ>18//@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV

RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ

 :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH

FXUVRUWRWKH>18//@LWHPDQGSXVKWKHHQWHU

button to call the <Switch> screen and set the 

switch and its ON position.

< Acceleration function setting>

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DW ERWK VHWWLQJ

DW DFFHOH UDWLRQ +LJK DQG VHWWLQJ DW

GHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ

ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQ UDWH5DWHDQG WKH UHWXUQ

WLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSFDQEHVHW

ŏ$QRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FW3RVDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ

and deceleration can be set. When 

DQ RSH UD W LRQ SR LQ W ZD V H [FHHGHG

DFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG

ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>/LQH@W\SH

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷌﷊﷊نجحمجخلجيبحيقمح

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحشحنج حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

صيسيضيجيسي

غيخيشيعيعيحي

B8D

F06*4

8*<<

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR1(('/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷊لجم﷌﷊﷊نجحمجخلجيبحيقمح

=>ً(ء〔ُ%ُّّء

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

B8D

هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي 4*06F

سخينجحبحيقمحلجمشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

عجمسخيبحيعجم جحىعميلجم

هf

هf

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي ه\X ه\b

خيحيحيسخنجـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

(Currently selected condition name)

acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. 

The rise characteristic of the needle servo at 

acceleration and deceleration operation can be 

adjusted.
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 117

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)

Use this mix when you want to suppress the 

reaction torque generated by main rotor pitch and 

speed changes at pitch operation. Adjust so that the 

nose does not move in the rudder direction.

An acceleration function which temporarily 

increases the correction rate at throttle stick 

acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The 

mixing rate at acceleration/deceleration can be set.

Setting method

ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ PRYH WKH

FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKH

data input dial to the left and push the 

HQWHUEXWWRQ21RU2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQW WR VHW WKH VDPHFRQWHQWVDW

RWKHU FRQGLWLRQV VHOHFW WKH JURXSPRGHO

*URXS

 When you want to set the selected condition 

RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHLVVHW

<Normal condition mixing curve>

 7KHPL[LQJFXUYH UDWH VWDUWV IURPD VPDOO

value.

 )RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQ

G L UHF W LRQ SR OD U L W\  ZKHQ S L WFK ZD V

RSHUDWHGDWWKHSOXVVLGHVHWVRWKDWPL[LQJ

LV LQ WKHFORFNZLVHGLUHFWLRQ )LUVW WULPDW

KRYH ULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH QHXW UDO

position.

$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ

 5HSHDWHGO\KRYHU IURP WDNHRIIDQG ODQG

IURPKRYHULQJDWDFRQVWDQWUDWHPDWFKHG

WR\RXURZQUK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVR

WKHQRVHGRHVQRWGHÁHFWZKHQWKHWKURWWOH

is raised and lowered.

7KURWWOHKLJKVLGHFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP

KRYHULQJ

*Repeat climbing and diving from hovering at a constant 

rate matched to your own rhythm and adjust the pitch so 

that the nose does not deflect when the throttle is raised 

and lowered.

However, when a GY Series or other heading 

hold gyro is used, since correction is performed 

by the gyro, this mix is not used. If this function is 

used when the gyro operation mode is the AVCS 

mode, the neutral position will change.

<Idle up condition mixing curve>

 6HW WKHPL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHUGLUHFWLRQ

DWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLV VWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVW IRU

each condition used.

<Acceleration function setting>

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG

IRUERWKVHWWLQJDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ+LJKDQG

VHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH

ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSFDQ

be set.

ŏ  $ Q  R S H U D W L R Q  S R L Q W   $ F W  3 R V   D W

acceleration and deceleration can be set 

independently. When an operation point 

ZDVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQ LV

SHUIRUPHG

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجيبحيقمح

<B8JR0

fلfم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلfم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشمشحنج حيضيصي

غيشحعيمجشيخيضي

صيسيضيجيسي

B8D

F06*4

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم ﷌شحييميمجخلجيبحيقمح

=>ً(ء〔ُ%ُّّء

عجمنجحبحيفخملجي﷎﷒

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

B8D

F06*4

هf ﷊لجي﷒يمي

سخينجحبحيقمحلجمشحي﷌

يحيعميقمحغميلجي﷎﷒

عجمسخيبحيعجم جحىعميلجم

هf

هf

ه\X ه\b

خيحيحيسخنجـِّحيضرمخشيضيجييمشيحيحيحيجي

ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>/LQH@W\SH ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button.

(Currently selected condition name)
118 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

GYRO mixing

This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity. The 

sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/GY 

mode) can be set for each condition.

*Sensitivity setting is assigned to CH3.

1RWH$OZD\VVHWWR>18//@ERWK&RQWURODQG7ULP

IRUWKH>*\UR@IXQFWLRQDWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH

Linkage Menu.

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH >$&7@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO

to the left and push the enter button. (ON or 

2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQW WRVHW WKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU

FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGHO*URXS

 :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\

VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ7KUHHUDWHVFDQEHVZLWFKHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

5DWH5DWH5DWH

ŏ$ÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW

Setting example

ŏ1RUPDOO\ LW LV FRQYHQLHQW WRSUHVHW KLJK

VHQVLWLYLW\5DWHDQGORZVHQVLWLYLW\5DWH

ZKHQHLWKHU WKH$9&6PRGHRU1RUPDO

PRGHLVXVHG

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم عمييميتخىسخي

68 لجي﷎﷒

"F ﷊قمحتخىلجي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

04F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

R(N. fه

هf م >>*8

﷊لجي﷒يمي ﷊﷌عميلجم

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

﷊لجي﷒يمي لجميميلجي﷎

هميخشحنهلملميج

هملميخشحلملململميج

0R,J dشهسج شحضي

سخحيشيضيجي

ŏ6HOHFW >*<52@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKH

setup screen shown below by pushing the enter 

button. (Currently selected condition name)
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 119

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

[Enter Button]

[Return Key]

Ɣ7RKRPH

VFUHHQ

Ɣ7RSUHFHGLQJ

VFUHHQ

GOVERNOR mixing

This is used to switch the RPM of the helicopters 

head. Up to 3 rates can be set for each condition.

*The governor is used by connecting the governor speed 

setting channel to CH7 (initial setting).

*When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch, 

connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to 

CH8 (initial setting) and set the switch to CH8 (Governor2) 

at the Function menu of the Linkage Menu.

Setting method

ŏ:KHQXVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQPRYH WKHFXUVRU WR

WKH >$&7@ LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXWGLDO

to the left and push the enter button. (ON or 

2))LVGLVSOD\HG

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQW WRVHW WKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU

FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGHO*URXS

 :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\

VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGH6LQJOH

ŏ7KUHHVSHHGVUDWHVFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

5DWH5DWH5DWH

 $OVR WKLVPL[LQJ DQG WKH JRYHUQRU VLGH VSHHG

VHWWLQJPXVW EHPDWFKHG EHIRUHKDQG E\ WKH

IROORZLQJPHWKRG

ŏ6HWVRWKDWZKHQWKHJRYHUQRUVLGHLVSODFHGLQWKH

VSHHG VHWWLQJLWHP VWDWH$QG0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR

5() LWHP LQ WKH*96HWWLQJ VFUHHQDQG URWDWH WKH

GDWDLQSXWGLDO WRGLVSOD\ >USP@DQGSXVK WKH

enter button and then set the governor speed 

*When using the Fuel Mixture function, the mixture servo 

is controlled from the governor. When transmitting the 

mixture curve data from the transmitter to the governor, the 

governor AUX (m.trm) connector must be connected to CH8 

(initial setting) and governor side setting performed. See the 

governor instruction manual.

1RWH$OZD\VVHW&RQWURODQG7ULPWR>18//@IRU

>*RYHUQRU@DQG>*RYHUQRU@RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX

RIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX

WR :KHQ >USP@VHW LW WR :KHQ

>USP@VHWLWWR

ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQW WR UHDG WKHVSHHGGLUHFWO\PRYH

WKHFXUVRU WR8QLW LWHPDQG WXUQ WKHGDWD LQSXW

GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKHHQWHUEXWWRQ>USP@LV

GLVSOD\HG

ŏ 7KH VSHHGFDQEH VZLWFKHGE\ VHWWLQJD VZLWFK

$OVRZKHQ >18//@ LV VHW LQVWHDGRI VSHHG VHWWLQJ

WKHJRYHUQRUFDQEH WXUQHG >21@>2))@ZLWKRXW

VHWWLQJDVHSDUDWH>21@>2))@VZLWFK

ŏ$VSHHGÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW

*VR selection, adjustment width, and adjustment direction 

can be set.

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعمينجحيمي﷊سخىعميسخي

﷒لجي﷎ B8D

ه لجيبحينجحشحي

>>*8 عجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي

04F قمحشحيعمييميسخي

هfلf\

هf م >>*8

﷊لجي﷒يمي

سخينجحبحينجحشحيلجيغمي﷊نجحبحي﷈

﷊لجي﷒يمي لجميميلجي﷎

هملميخشحنهلململميج

هميخشحمخشحشحلملميج

0R,J dشهسج

ŏ6HOHFW >*29(5125@DW WKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO

the setup screen shown below by pushing the 

enter button. (Currently selected condition name)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ لجم﷒لجميميعمينجح ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم يميعمينجحيمي﷊سخىعميسخي

BF860J

ٍ=ً((ُ{︨?ٍ

قمح﷈﷊يمي

لجينجح﷊لجملجييحيشحيمجي﷌﷒غمي﷌﷊﷊قمحيحيغمييميعمينجحيمي﷊سخىعميسخيغمي﷊عجملجي

ُ〔>=ًٍ ̅(=ُ〔〔—ّ

قمح﷌﷊يميعمينجحسخيبحيغمييحيبحيغمي﷊﷎نجح﷊يمي﷊﷈﷊يمي

ŏ*RYHUQRU6HHG

DGMXVWPHQW
120 <Data>

Common operations used in function setup screen

This section describes the functions often used at the function setup screen. Refer to it when setting each 

function.

Group/single mode switching (GROUP/SINGLE)

When setting multiple flight conditions, 

linking the setting contents with other conditions 

(group mode) or setting independently (single 

mode) can be selected. The mode can be 

changed at the [GROUP] item on each setup 

screen.

[Group/single mode switching]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [GROUP] item on 

the setup screen.

2. Turn the data input dial to the left until 

switch [SINGLE] starts to blink.

*At this point, the mode has still not been changed.

*When changing from [SINGLE] to [GROUP], turn the 

data input dial to the right.

3. Change the mode by pushing the enter 

key.

ŏ*URXSPRGH*5283,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ

The same setting contents are set to all 

WKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVLQWKHJURXSPRGH

ŏ6LQJOHPRGH6,1*/(

Set this mode when the setting contents 

are not linked with other conditions.

ŏ6H OHF W LQJ WKH V LQJ OH PRGH D W HDFK

condition after presetting in the group 

mode is convenient.

Condition delay setting

Unnecessary fuselage motion generated when 

there are sudden changes in the servo position 

and variations in the operating time between 

channels can be suppressed by using the 

condition delay function of the condition select 

function [CONIT. SELECT].

When the delay function is set at the 

switching destination condition, a delay 

corresponding to that amount is applied and the 

related functions change smoothly.

[Setting method]

 *At the condition delay setup screen, 

move the cursor (blinking) to the 

[DELAY] item of the channel you want 

to set and perform the following settings:

1. Switch to the condition you want to set.

2. Set the delay.

Initial value: 0

Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the delay is 

reset to the initial value.)

2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV

2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWR¿QHWXQLQJ95

ŏ95VHOHFWLRQ ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW

(Fine tuning VR operation position)

ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ

*The operation modes which can be 

selected depend on the function.

*When the mode is displayed by an 

icon, read the description at the 

right.

[Operation mode]

0L[LQJ UDWH DW FHQWHU RI 95:KHQ WKH 95 LV

turned clockwise and counterclockwise, the mixing 

rate increases and decreases, respectively.

0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIWHQGRI 95:KHQ WKH 95 LV

turned, the mixing rate increases.

0L[LQJ UDWHDW ULJKWHQGRI95:KHQ WKH95 LV

turned, the mixing rate increases.

:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIWRU ULJKWRI WKH

neutral position, the mixing rate increases.
<Data> 121

Servo speed setting (1)

The servo speed at each function operation 

(including flight condition switching) can be 

adjusted. The servos operate smoothly at a 

¿[HGVSHHGFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHWVSHHG7KH

operating speed (IN side) and return speed (OUT 

side) can be set individually.

Switch the operation mode according to the 

set function.

"SYMMET" mode: Mode used with ailerons 

and other self neutral functions.

"LINEAR" mode: Mode used with functions 

which hold the operation position of the 

throttle and switch channel, etc.

[Setting method]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item.

2. Turn the data input dial to the left or 

right and switch to the operation mode 

("SYMMET" or "LINEAR") corresponding to 

the set function.

3. Move the cursor to the direction ([IN] or 

[OUT]) side you want to set.

4. Turn the data input dial to the left or right 

and set the speed.

Initial value: 0

Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the servo 

speed is reset to the initial value.)

Servo speed setting (2)

3URJUDPPL[LQJ

The operation start point at operation (IN 

side) and return (OUT side) can also be set by 

servo speed setting (1) function.

[Setting method]

*Perform the [SPEED] item the same as [Servo speed 

setting (1)]. Set [DELAY] (operation start point) by the 

following method:

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [START] item.

2. Turn the data input dial to the left or right 

and set the delay from switch ON to the 

start of function operation.

Initial value: 0.0sec

Setting range: 0 to 9 sec

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the servo 

speed and delay are reset to the initial values.)

3. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [STOP] item.

4. Turn the data input dial to the left or right 

and set the delay time from switch OFF to 

the start of function operation.

Initial value: 0.0 sec

Setting range: 0 to 9 sec

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the servo 

speed and delay are reset to the initial values.)

Operations related to servo speed
122 <Data>

Curve setting operation

This section describes the setting procedure of curves which are used with the AFR function and each 

PL[LQJIXQFWLRQ

Curve type selection

6L[W\SHVRIFXUYHVOLQHDU(;3(;3975OLQHDQGVSOLQHFDQEHVHOHFWHG

Curve type selection

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item.

2. Display the curve you want to use by 

turning the data input dial to the left or 

right.

*The curve type blinks.

:KHQ WKH HQWHUEXWWRQ LVSXVKHG WKH

curve type is changed. (Operate another 

key to stop the change.)

 [LINEAR]: Linear curve

 [EXP1]: EXP1 curve

 [EXP2]: EXP2 curve

 >975@975FXUYH

 [LINE]: Line

 [SPLINE]: Spline

Linear curve (LINEAR) adjustment

The curve left and right rates ([RATE A], 

[RATE B]) can be adjusted separately.

The curve can also be offset horizontally 

([OFFSET]) in the vertical direction and the rate 

UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW >;2))6(7@WR

the left and right.

[Rate setting]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [RATE A] or [RATE B] 

setting item.

2. Set the rate by turning the data input dial 

to the left or right.

 Initial value: +100.0%

 Adjustment range: -200.0~+200.0%

(When the enter button is pressed for 1 second, the rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

Setting by curve type

When the curve type is selected as described above, adjustment items corresponding to the curve type 

appear on the screen. Adjust each curve as described below.

[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the 

vertical direction]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting 

item.

2. Move the curve in the vertical direction 

by turning the data input dial to the left or 

right.

 Initial value: +0.0%

(When the enter button is pressed for 1 second, the curve is 

reset to the initial value.)

[Offsetting the rate reference point to the left 

or right]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [X OFFSET] setting 

item.

2. Offset the curve reference point to the left 

or right by turning the data input dial to 

the left or right.

 Initial value: +0.0%

(When the enter button is pressed for 1 second, the 

reference point is reset to the initial value.)

يخشحشحسخ شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم لخميميفخم﷌لمحغمييمي﷈﷒

<B8JR0

fلdffم

حيجيضيشم

صيلمحيشيضيجي ضيلمحيشيضيجي

fلdffم

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضي

fلfمكك

شيحيحيشيشيضيلمطي

شحشحسخنه

شحشحسخنه

شحشحنه

شح

شحشحنج

شحشحسخنج

شحشحسخنج

شحمخشحنه حيشيضيجي شحمخشحنه حيضيصي

شمغيخي

RB<

سيشححيمجصيجيسي

قمحشحيعمييميسخي

RH0

1RWH:KHQ \RXFKDQJH WKHFXUYH W\SH

the preset curve data in the function 

is cleared. Be sure that you don’t mind 

losing this data.
<Data> 123

EXP1/EXP2 curve adjustment

(EXP1 curve)

8VLQJ WKH (;3 FX UYH LV H IIHFWLYH LQ

smoothing starting of the ailerons, elevator, 

rudder, etc.

(EXP2 curve)

8VLQJWKH(;3FXUYHLVHIIHFWLYHLQHQJLQH

rise and other engine control.

The curve left and right rates ([RATE A], 

>5$7(%@DQG(;3FXUYHUDWH>(;3$@>(;3

%@ FDQ EH DGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ >(;3@ IRU

(;3

The curve can also be offset horizontally 

([OFFSET]) in the vertical direction.

[Rate setting]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [RATE A], [RATE B], 

[EXP A], or [EXP B] setting item.

2. Set the rate by turning the data input dial 

to the left or right.

Initial value: +100.0% (rate)/+0.0% (EXP 

rate)

Adjustment range: -200.0~+200.0% 

(rate)/-100.0~+100.0% (EXP rate)

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the 

vertical direction]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting 

item.

2. Move the curve in the vertical direction 

by turning the data input dial to the left or 

right.

Initial value: +0.0%

975FXUYHDGMXVWPHQW

975FXUYH

When this curve is used, when the operating 

rudder angle is large such as with acrobatic 

models, switching from normal flight to 

acrobatic rudder angle is performed without 

switch operation.

The curve left and right rates ([RATE A], 

[RATE B]) can be adjusted individually. The 

curve can also be offset horizontally ([OFFSET]) 

in the vertical direction.

The VTR curve point position ([P.POS A], 

[P.POS B], and rate ([P.RATE A], [P.RATE B]) 

can be adjusted individually.

[Rate setting]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [RATE A] or [RATE B] 

setting item.

2. Set the rate by turning the data input dial 

to the left or right.

Initial value: +100.0%

Adjustment range: -200.0~+200.0%

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

[VTR curve point setting]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [P.POS A], [P.POS B], 

[P.RATE A], or [P.RATE B] setting item.

2. Set the rate by turning the data input dial 

to the left or right.

Initial value: +50% ([P.POS A], [P.POS 

B])/+100.0% ([P.RATE A], [P.RATE B])

Adjustment range: +0.0~+100.0%

(When the enter button is pressed for 1 second, the rate is 

reset to the initial value.)

*When [P.POS A] or P.POS B] is made large, the curve 

point moves to the outside. When [P.RATE A] or [P.RATE 

B] is set to +100%, the curve becomes a straight line.

[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the 

vertical direction]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting 

item.

2. Move the curve in the vertical direction by 

turning the data input dial to the left or right.

Initial value: +0.0%
124 <Data>

Line (LINE) and curve (SPLINE) adjustment

(Line)

(Spline)

Lines or splines of up to 17 points can be 

used. (Initial value: 9 points) The set points can 

be freely increased, decreased, and offset.

[Rate adjustment of each point]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-display) to the [POINT] item and 

turn the data input dial to the left or right 

and select the point whose rate you want 

to set. (The position of the square box on 

the curve is the selected point.)

2. Move the cursor to the [RATE] item and set 

the rate by turning the data input dial to 

the left or right.

[Point addition]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

to the [POSITION] item and turn the data 

input dial to the left or right and move the 

square box to the position you want to 

add.

:KHQ WKH HQWHUEXWWRQ LVSXVKHG IRU 

second, the selected point is added.

[Point deletion]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor to 

the [POINT] item and turn the data input 

dial to the left or right and select the point 

you want to delete.

:KHQ WKH HQWHUEXWWRQ LVSXVKHG IRU 

second, the selected point is deleted.

[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the 

vertical direction]

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting 

item.

2. Move the curve in the vertical direction by 

turning the data input dial to the left or right.

Initial value: +0.0%

(When the enter button is pushed for 1 second, the curve is 

reset to the initial value.)
<Data> 125

Switch selection method

7KHYDULRXVIXQFWLRQVXVHGLQWKH7=FDQEHVHOHFWHGE\VZLWFK7KHVZLWFKLQFOXGLQJZKHQVWLFNWULP

lever, or VR are used as a switch) setting method is common to all functions.

Switch selection

:KHQDVZLWFKLVVHOHFWHGDWDPL[LQJIXQFWLRQHWFWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZLVFDOOHG

(Switch selection screen example)

When switch was selected

When switch was selected, ON/OFF position 

setting is also performed.

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the switch you want 

to select and push the enter button. The 

switch is selected and the ON/OFF position 

setup screen shown below is displayed.

860:

L. بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

6HH

6HH

68

لجينجح﷊يمييميشحي﷎

*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed.

:KHQ \RXZDQW WRFKDQJH WKH212))

setting, use the cursor lever to move the 

cursor (reverse-video) and switch the ON/

Off display by turning the data input dial 

to the left or right.

*ON/OFF display blinks.

:KHQWKHHQWHUEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGWKH21

OFF setting is changed. (Operate another 

key to stop the change.)

4. Return to the original screen by return key.

When stick, trim lever, or knob selected

When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as a 

switch, four operation modes can be selected by 

the following mode and type combination:

ŏMode: [LINEAR](Linear)/[SYMMET](symmetrical)

ŏ7\SH>+<67(5@K\VWHUHVLV>%2;@ER[

1. Use the cursor lever to move the cursor 

(reverse-video) to the stick, trim lever, or 

knob you want to select and push the 

enter button. The stick, trim lever, or knob 

is selected as a switch and the ON/OFF 

position setup screen shown below is 

displayed.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

<B8JR0

D".,J0

860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

﷈﷈عمي

نجحعمي

يخسخنج

68﻾48, يخسخنه

:KHQ\RXZDQW WRFKDQJH WKHPRGHRU

type, move the cursor to [MODE] or [TYPE] 

and switch the display to the mode or 

type you want to change by turning the 

data input dial to the left or right and then 

make the change by pushing the enter 

button.

*6HWWKH212IISRLQWE\WKHPHWKRGGHVFULEHGRQWKHQH[WSDJH

يخشحشحسخ يحي﷊تمىبحيلجمغميقمحسخيعمييميقمح

نحىعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحينمي

شحشحيمشحسخيمشحسخ ﷤لجيبحي﷌نجحعمي﷎ ﷤لجم﷊﷌عميلجم

PUSH

[Cursor Lever]

Ɣ0RYHPHQWRQWKH

VFUHHQGLUHFWLRQV

Ɣ3XVKWKHOHYHUWRFDOO

QH[WSDJH

[Data Input Dial]

Edit key

[Enter Button]
126 <Data>

Operation modes

The operation modes when stick, trim lever, or 

knob was selected are described below. 

*When the enter button is pushed after the cursor was moved 

to the [MODE] and [TYPE] items and the mode was 

selected by data input dial, the operation mode is changed.

Linear hysteresis mode

This mode sets ON/OFF at the left or right 

(up or down) with the set point as the reference. 

Hysteresis (dead band) can be set between ON and 

OFF. The ON and OFF positions can be reversed.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

<B8JR0

D".,J0

860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

﷈﷈عمي

نجحعمي

يخسخنج

68﻾48, يخسخنه

Linear box mode

This mode turns on the switch within a range of 

SRLQWV(DFKSRLQWFDQEHVHW7KH21DQG2))

positions can be reversed.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

<B8JR0

P6$

68﻾48, 860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

نجحعمي

﷈﷈عمي

يخسخنج

يخسخنه

Symmetrical hysteresis mode

Operation is the same as the linear hysteresis 

mode, but left and right (up and down) operations 

are symmetrical about the neutral position. For 

instance, when you want to switch DR1 with the 

aileron stick, when the stick is moved to the left or 

right, DR1 can be turned on at the same left and 

right position.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

."::J,

D".,J0

68﻾48, 860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

﷈﷈عمي

نجحعمي

يخشمشمنه

يخشحشحنه

Shifting the ON/Off point

The ON/OFF and hysteresis (dead band) 

boundary point can be shifted. ON/OFF at a 

free position and the hysteresis width can be 

changed.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

<B8JR0

D".,J0

860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

﷈﷈عمي

نجحعمي

يخسخنج

68﻾48, يخسخنه

ŏ%ODFNUDQJH21UDQJH

ŏ*UH\UDQJH+\VWHUHVLVGHDGEDQGUDQJH

ŏ:KLWHUDQJH2))UDQJH

[Setting method]

1. First, use the cursor lever to move the 

cursor (reverse-video) to the [PNT:] item.

:KHQ WKHGDWDLQSXWGLDOLV WXUQHG WR WKH

left, the ON side point can be set and 

when the data input dial is turned to the 

right, the OFF side point can be set.

3. Move the stick, trim lever, or knob to the 

point you want to change and push the 

enter button. The point is shifted.

A hysteresis range can be created by 

the ON side and OFF side point setting 

described above.

Symmetrical box mode

2SHUDWLRQLVWKH VDPHDVWKHOLQHDU ER[PRGH

but left and right (up and down) operation is 

symmetrical about the neutral position.

860:

d @بخيعجم﷎لجيبحيجحىيحي لجينجحبحيعميقمح ﷈﷈عميفخمنجحعمي

﷊لجي﷒نجحيمي﷊لجيلجم﷒

﷊﷌عميلجم

﷊قمحتخىلجي

."::J,

P6$

68﻾48, 860:

نجحعمي

يحيتخىعجم

﷈﷈عمي

شحضيلمشيحيحي

يهشيحيجيعيشي

نجحعمي

﷈﷈عمي

يخشمشمنه

يخشحشحنه
<Data> 127

Updating procedure

Note: If the battery fully discharges during 

SURJUDPXSGDWLQJXSGDWLQJZLOO IDLO:KHQ

the remaining battery capacity is 50% or 

less, always recharge the battery before 

updating.

Note: The model data in the transmitter can 

be used unchanged after updating, but to 

be safe, back up the model data before 

updating.

Update switch

Ɣ8SGDWHPRGH

Ɣ1RUPDOPRGH

,QVHUWWKH&)FDUGFRQWDLQLQJWKHXSGDWHÀOH

into the card slot.

2. Use tweezers to switch the slide switch 

(update switch) at the side of the card slot in 

the up direction.

3. Turn on the transmitter power. About 10 

seconds later, the screen shown below will 

appear. (To abort updating, turn off the 

transmitter power.)

,db＀ك406F0R:ك*4LR,J

.,R0,ك﻾4*.DكLBR<ك`.JN

*If a CF card is not inserted into the card slot, or the files 

needed at updating are not copied to the CF card, the error 

message shown below will appear. Turn off the power to the 

transmitter and check the CF card.

,db＀ك406F0R:ك*4LR,J

86ك:J:60"كNR0L

:KHQ WKHHQWHUEXWWRQ LVSXVKHGDERXW 

seconds, updating starts.

During writing, the bar graph moves to the 

right.

,db＀ك406F0R:ك*4LR,J

R44<BNR,B68ك*4>6RLB:F

:KHQ XSGDWLQJ LV FRPSOHWH WKH VFUHHQ

shown below appears.

,db＀ك406F0R:ك*4LR,J

N6:4<J,JL

6. Turn off the power switch. After the monitor 

LED goes off, switch the update switch in the 

down direction.

*After the updating above has been completed, turn on the 

power and then check the system program version at the 

system menu information screen.

Updating

7KH7=WUDQVPLWWHUSURJUDPFDQEHXSGDWHG:KHQIXQFWLRQVDUHDGGHGRULPSURYHGWKHXSGDWH¿OH

FDQEHGRZQORDGHGIURP)XWDEDGHDOHUZHEVLWH&RS\WKHXSGDWH¿OHVWRWKH&)FDUGDQGWKHQXVHWKH

following procedure to update the program.

)87$%$&25325$7,213KRQH)DFVLPLOH

0DNXKDUL7HFKQR*DUGHQ%OGJ%)1DNDVH0LKDPDNX&KLED-DSDQ

)87$%$&25325$7,21